^K>v- B',K£W$9 kIW :v,^'*/B&pj^>*r~ UNITED STATES OF AMERICA * « . FOUNDED 1836 WASHINGTON, D. C. Bl9574 MMEICM MOOTIM INDEX-CATALOGUE // / OF THE LIBRARY OF THE SURGEON GENERAL'S OFFICE UNITED STATES ARMY AUTHOKS AND SUBJECTS THIRD SERIES VOL. VIII NAAME - PYURIA UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE WASHINGTON : 1929 Are h. Z £75". A/4 X3? 5er, 3 v. 7 1929 C 2. War Department, Army Medical Library, 7th and B Streets, SW., Washington, October 3, 1929. Maj. Gen. M. W. Ireland, Surgeon General, U. S. Army. General: I have the honor to present herewith the eighth volume of the Third Series of the Index Catalogue of the Library, representing 6,706 author titles, 7,659 book titles, and 74,496 titles of articles in periodicals. The Library now contains 324,541 bound volumes, 45,072 unbound volumes, and 483,849 pamphlets; in all, a total of 853,462 volumes and pamphlets, 8,707 portraits of physicians, 797 medical engravings and prints, 444 medical caricatures, and 518 incunabula. Exclusive of the transactions of societies, the Library received 1,710 periodicals of medicine and its closely allied subjects, of which 1,500 are on deposit in the main library and the remainder are filed in the Statistical Section. Beginning with Volume VI the material catalogued under subject titles covers only the period prior to January 1, 1926. Author titles covering books and pam- phlets are indexed up to date. This arrangement will be continued until the com- pletion of the Third Series. Subject titles omitted from this publication can be found in the Index Medicus for 1926 and in the quarterly Cumulative Index Medicus for subsequent years. The following table shows the number of published titles: Author titles Subject titles Book titles Journal articles Portraits Total in First Series___ Total in Second Series.. Third Series, Vol. I___ Third Series, Vol. II._. Third Series, Vol. III.- Third Series, Vol. IV... Third Series, Vol. V__.. Third Series, Vol. VI... Third Series, Vol. VII. Third Series, Vol. VIII 176, 169, 3, 2, 10, 8, 6, 14, 20, 6, 168, 537 136,405 4,537 2,700 8,458 4,267 5,518 6,111 6,362 7,659 511,112 645,557 29,602 29,504 76,129 48,120 59,231 61,528 66,255 74, 496 4,335 914 141 241 1,021 51 75 148 692 1,509 350,554 1,601,534 9,127 Very respectfully, P. M. Ashburn, Colonel, Medical Corps, U. S. A., Librarian, Army Medical Library. in EIGHTH ADDITION TO THE ALPHABETICAL LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS OF TITLES OF MEDICAL PERIODICALS PUBLISHED IN THE TWENTY-FIRST VOLUME SECOND SERIES OF THE INDEX-CATALOGUE t^For explanations, see the Alphabetical List of Abbreviations of Titles, etc., in Vol. XXI, 2. s. Acta Dermat., Kyoto. Acta med. in Keijo. Am. Anat. Mem., Phila. An. de la Escuela de yet. d. Uruguay, Montevideo. '< An. Hosp. S. Cruz y S. Pablo, Barcel. An. de radiol., Habana. An. Soc. mex. de oftal. y oto- rino-laringol.- Mexico. Ann. de l'Inst. d'actinol., Par. Arch. am. de med., Buenos Aires. Arch. fasc. di med. polit., Parma. Acta Dermatologica. [Dermatologia, Syphilologia et Urol- ogia.] S. Matsumoto, editor. [Bimonthly.] Kyoto. v. 9-13, 1927-1929. roy. 8°. Acta medicinalia in Keijo. S. Kiyoshi [et al.], editor. Keijo. v. 11, 1928. roy. 8°. [Continuation of: Mitt. a. d. med. Akad. zu Keijo.] American (The) Anatomical Memoirs. Philadelphia. No. 14, 1929. 8°. Anales de la Escuela de veterinaria del Uruguay. Joaquin Villegas Suarez, director. [Monthly.] Montevideo, v. 1, 1929. 8°. Anales del Hospital de la Santa Cruz y San Pablo. Revista bimestral de ciencias meaicas y del movimiento benSfico y estadfstico del hospital. E. Ribas Ribas [et al.], editores. Barcelona, v. 2-3, 1928-29. 4°. [Monthly.] Anales de radiologfa. A. G. Domfnguez, editor. Habana. v. 1, 1929. 8°. Anales de la Sociedad mexicana de oftalmologfa y oto-rino- laringblogia. Daniel M. V61ez, director. [Monthly.] Mexico, v. 6, No. 8,1927: v. 7,1928. 8°. [Continuation of: An. de oftal., Mexico.] Annales de l'lnstitut d'actinologie. J. Saidman [et al.], reaacteurs. [Quarterly.] Paris, v. 2-3, 1927-1929. 8°. Archivos americanos de medicina: revista americana de ciencias m^dicas. Li V. Blanco, fundador y redactor. [Quarterly.] Buenos Aires, v. 4-5, 1928-29. 8°. Archivio fascista di medicina politica. U. Gabbi, E. Mara- gliano [et al.], direttori. [Bimonthly.] Parma, v. 1-2. 1927-28. 8°. IU [2] Arch, de hyg., Bio de Jan. Arch, de l'Inst. prophyl., Par. Arch, de lepra, Bogota. Arch. f. Menschenk., Dresd. Arch. Soc. de estud. clin. de la Habana. Archeion, Roma. Arq. da Escola med.-cir. de Nova Goa, Bastora. Ars med., Bar eel. Assoc. Life Insur. Med. Direct. Am., N. Y. Archivos de hygiene. Publicado do Departamento nacional de saude publica. Rio de Janeiro, v. 1-2, 1927-28. 4°. Archives de 1'Institut prophylactique. Arthur Vernes, di- recteur. [Quarterly.] Paris, v. 1, 1929. 8°. Archivos de lepra. A. Benchetrit, director. [Monthly.] Bogota, v. 1, 1929. 8°. Archiv fur Menschenkunde. M. Hirschfeld, Hrsg. Dres- den, v. 1, 1925-26. 8°. Archivos de la Sociedad de estudios clmicos de la Habana: publicacion cientifica mensual. R. Perez de los Reyes & M. A. Branly, directores. Habana. v. 27-28 [No. 1], 1927-28. 8°. Archeion. [Bimonthly.] Roma. v. 8-9, 1927-28. 8°. [Continuation of: Archivio di storia della scienza.] Arquivos da Escola Medico-Cirurgica de Nova Goa. Bas- tora. fas. 1-3, 1928. 8°. Ars medica: revista de medicina, cirugia y especialidades. J. M. Bartrina [et al.], redactores. [Monthly.] Bar- celona, v. 4, 1928. 4°. Association of Life Insurance Medical Directors of America, 1926-27 New York. v. 14, 1928. 8°. B Biol, med., Milano. Biol. Rev. [etc.], Cambridge. Biol. Spisy Zver., Brno. Bol. Hosp. civ. de San Juan de Dios, Quito. Bol. Soc. mex. de electro-radiol., Mexico. Boll, d'ocul., Firenze. Brit. Homes op. J., Lond. Brit. J. Urol., Lond. Bull. Am. Hosp. Assoc, Mena- sha, Wis. Bull. Davis-Fischer Sanat., Bait. Bull, et mem. Soc. d. chir. de Par. Bull. Soc. beige d'opht., Brux. Bull. Sred.-Asiat. Gossudar. Univ., Tashkent. Bull, de 1'Union internat. contre la tuberc, Par. Biologie medicale: rivista mensile delle scienze biologiche considerate nei loro rapporti con la medicina. F. Billon, direttore. Milano. v. 18-19, 1928-29. 8°. Biological Reviews and Biological Proceedings of the Cam- bridge Philosophical Society. Cambridge, v. 4, 1929. 8°. Biologicke Spisy Vysoke Skoly Zv§rol6kafske\ [Biological publication of the high school of veterinary studies.] K. Sulc, editor. Brno. v. 1-5, 1922-1926. 8°. Boletfn del Hospital civil de San Juan de Dios. Organo del cuerpo medico del hospital. E. A. Aray, editor. [Monthly.] Quito, Ecuador, v. 3, 1928. 8°. Boletin de la Sociedad mexicana de electro-radiologfa. M. F. Madraza & M. Somonte, directores. [Monthly.] Mexico, v. 1-2, 1927-28. 4°. Bollettino d'oculistica: rivista di tutti i lavori italiani di ottalmologia e dei piu importanti stranieri. Direzione e amministrazione: Clinica oculistica della R. Universita, Firenze. C. Frugiuele & F. Motolese, redattori. Firenze. v. 6-8, 1927-1929. 8°. British Homoeopathic Journal. 1929. 8°. London, v. 14-19, 1924- British (The) Journal of Urology. London, v. 1, 1929. 8°. Bulletin (The) of the American Hospital Association. Menasha, Wis. v. 3, 1929. 8°. Bulletin (The) of the Davis-Fischer Sanatorium, Atlanta, Georgia.' Baltimore, v. 1, 1928. 8°. Bulletins et m6moires de la Soci6t6 des chirurgiens de Paris. C. Buizard, secretaire general. [Bimonthly.] Paris v. 20-21, 1928-29. 8°. Bulletin de la SociSte' beige d'ophtalmologie. Rubbrecht [et al.], directeurs. Bruxelles. 1928. 8°. Bulleten Sredne-Asiatskogo Gossudarstvennogo Universiteta. [Bulletin of the University of Central Asia.] « P. A. Bara- noff, editor. Tashkent, v. 13-15, 1926-1928. 8°. Bulleten de 1'Union internationale contre la tuberculose. Raffaele Paolucci [et al.], directeurs. [Quarterly.] Paris v. 5, 1928. 8°. [3] C Canad. Pub. Health J., Toronto. Chirurg, Berl. & Wien. Clin, y lab., Zaragoza. Collect, des trav. chim. de Tche- coslovaq., Prague. Canadian Public Health Journal, owned and published by the Canadian Public Health Association. Toronto, v. 20, 1929. 8°. [Continuation of: Pub. Health J.] Chirurg (Der). Zeitschrift fur alle Gebiete der operativen Medizin. M. Kirschner [et al.], Hrsgr. [Semimonthly.] Berlin & Wien. v. 1, 1928-29. roy. 8°. Clfnica y laboratorio: revista mensual espafiola de ciencias medicas, publicado bajo la direcci6n del Dr. Ricardo Horno Alcorta. R. P6rez Barrachina, secretario de re- dacci6n. Zaragoza. v. 12-13, 1928-29. 8°. Collection des travaux chimiques de Tch^coslovaquie. E. Votocek & J. Heyrovsky, redacteurs. [Monthly.] Prague. v. 1, 1929. 8°. D Dental Bull., Wash. Dnepr. Med. J., Dnepropetrovsk. Dental (The) Bulletin. Washington, v. 1. 1929. 8°. Dnepropetrovsky Meditzinsky Jurnal. [Dnepropetrovsky Medical Journal.] A. L. Lavretzky, editor. [Monthly.] Dnepropetrovsk, v. 5-7, 1926-1928. 8°. E Endokrinologie, Leipz. Endokrinologie. Zentralblatt fiir das Gebiet der inneren Sekretion und Konstitutionsforschung. L. Asher [et al.], Hrsgr. [Monthly.] Leipzig, v. 1-3, 1928-29. 8°. F Far East. Assoc. Trop. Med. Tr., Calcutta. Field Museum Nat. Hist. Dep. Anthrop., Chicago. Folia neuropath, eston., Tartu (Dorp at). Far Eastern Association of Tropical Medicine, Transactions. Calcutta, v. 5-7, 1923-1927. 8°. Field Museum of Natural History. Department of Anthro- pology. Chicago, v. 6-14,1922-23; v. 16-18, 1927. 8°. Folia neuropathologica estoniana. L. Puusepp, redactor. Tartu (Dorpat). v. 1-8, 1923-1929. 8°. G Gig., Bezopass. i Pat. Truda, Mosk. Gig., i Epidemiol., Mosk. Gior. ital. di mal. esot. e trop. ed ig. colon., Napoli. Gior. med. d. Alto Adige, Padova. Gigiena* Bezopassnost i Patologya Truda. [Hygiene, Safety and Pathology of Work.] V. L. Bilenko [et al.], editors. [Monthly.] Moskva, v. 7, 1929. 8°. Gigiena i Epidemologia. [Hygiene and Epidemiology.] A. N. Syssin, E. I. Martzinovsky & S. V. Korszun, editors. [Monthly.] Moskva, v. 7, 1928. 8°. Giornale italiano di malattie esotiche e tropicali ed igiene coloniale. (Rinnovamento medico. Sezione VII.) G. Castronuovo, direttore. Napoli. v. 1-2, 1928-29. fol. Giornale medico dell' Alto Adige. C. Frugoni & G. M. Frasiani, direttori. [Monthly.] Padova. v. 1, 1929. 8°. H Handb. d. Geisteskr. (O. Bumke), Berl. Handbuch der Geisteskrankheiten. O. Bumke, Hrsgr. Berlin, v. 1-3, 5-7, 10, 1928. roy. 8°. [4] Handb. d. Haut- u. Geschlechts- kr., Berl. Handb. d. norm. u. path. Phy- siol., Berl. Handb. d. spez. path. Anat., Berl. Hefte z. Unfallheilk., Leipz. Hippokrates, Leipz. & Zurich. Human Biol., Bait. HJadassohhndretalHiaK' ^ ^hlechtskrankheiten. J. Jadassohn let al.], Hrsgr. Berhn. 14 v., 1927-28. roy. 8°. HTda.ne?sr^v?iV^h9t^8'Physiologle- HfXder,iSS a^r^i&T ruonyd O . Hefte zur Unfallheilkunde. Beihefte zur Monatsschrift fur Unfallheilkunde und Versicherungsmedizin M. zur Verth, Hrsgr. Leipzig. Heft 1, 1929. 8°. Hippokrates. Zeitschrift fiir Einheitsbestrebungen der Ge- genwartsmedizin. G. Honigmann, Hrsgr. [Bimonthly.] Stuttgart, Leipzig & Zurich, v. 1, 1928-29. 8°. Human Biology, a record of research. [Quarterly 1 Balti- more, v. 1, 1929. 8°. Inst, de hyg. de S. Paulo. Bol. Internat. Ztschr. f. Individual- psychol., Leipz. Instituto de hygiene de Sao Paulo. Boletim. G. H. de Paula Souza, director. [Irregular.] Sao Paulo. Bol. No. 23-32, 1927-28. 8°. Internationale Zeitschrift fiir Individualpsychologie. A. Adler, Hrsg. [Bimonthly.] Leipzig, v. 6-7, Heft 4. 1928-29. roy. 8°. J. Ass. Am. Med. Coll., Chicago. 7. Coll. Surgeons Australasia, Sydney. J. Eksper. Biol, i Med., Mosk. J. Gen. Psychol., Worcester, Mass. J. Helminthol., Lond. J. Izuch. Rann. Detsk. Vozr., Mosk. J. Juven. Research, Whittier, Calif. J. Mikrobiol., Pat. i Infekt. Bo- liez., Mosk. J. de neurol. et de psychiat., Brux. J. Nutrit., Bait. J. S. African Vet. Med. Assoc, Johannesb. J. Techn. Meth. & Bull. Internat. Assoc. Med. Mus., Toronto. J. Teoret. i Prakt. Med., Baku. Journal of the Association of American Medical Colleges. [Quarterly.] Chicago, v. 4, 1929. 8°. [Continuation of: Bull. Ass. Am. Coll.] Journal (The) of the College of Surgeons of Australasia. Sydney, v. 1, 1928-29. 8°. Jurnal Eksperimentalnoyi Biologii i Meditziny. [Journal of experimental biology and medicine.] B. I. Zbarsky, editor. [Monthly.] Moskva. 1925-26; v. 11, 1929. 8°. Journal (The) of General Psychology. cester, Mass. v. 1-2, 1928-29. 8°. [Quarterly.] Wor- Journal of Helminthology. London, v. 6, 1928. 8°. Jurnal Izuchenya Rannego Detskago Vozrasta. [Journal of study of early childhood.] N. F. Altgausen, A. I. Balander [et al.], editors. [Monthly.] Moskva, v 9 1929. 8°. ' Journal (The) of Juvenile Research. Whittier, Calif, v 12-13, 1928-29. 8°. [Continuation of: J. Delinq.] Jurnal Mikrobiologii, Patologii i Infektionnykh Bolieznei. [Journal of Microbiology, Pathology and Infectious Dis- eases.] L. A. Tarassevitch, editor. Moskva, v. 2-5 1925-1928. 8°. Journal de neurologie et de psychiatrie. Leroy [et al.], r6dacteurs. [Monthly.] Bruxelles. v. 29, 1929. 8°. Journal (The) of Nutrition. Baltimore, v. 1, 1928-29. 8°. Journal (The) of the South African Veterinary Medical Association. Johannesburg, v. 1, 1928. 8°. Journal of Technical Methods and Bulletin of the Inter- national Association of Medical Museums. Toronto No. 12, 1929. 8°. [Continuation of: Internat. Assop' Med. Mus. Bull.] Jurnal Teoreticheskoi i Prakticheskoi Meditziny. [Journal of theoretical and practical medicine.] A. M. Levin fpf «i l editors. Baku. v. 1-3, 1924-1929. 8°. Letal--I> [5] Jahresb. ti. Hals-, Nasen-, u. Ohrenh., Berl. Japan. J. Exper. Med., Tokyo. Japan. J. Med. Sc. Tr., Dermat. Sc Urol., Tokyo. Jenaer med.-hist. Beitr. Jahresbericht iiber Hals-, Nasen-, und Ohrenheilkunde. Berlin, v. 1-4, 1925-1927. 8V Japanese (The) Journal of Experimental Medicine; organ of the Government Institute for Infectious Diseases of the Tokyo Imperial University, under the direction of Mataro Nagayo. Y. Miyagawa, editor. [Quarterly.] Tokyo, v. 7, 1928. 8°. [Continuation of: Scient. Rep. Gov. Inst. Infect. Dis.] Japanese Journal of Medical Sciences. Transactions. XIII. Dermatology and Urology. Tokyo, v. 1, 1927. 8°. Jenaer medizin-historische Beitrage. Meyer-Steineg, Jena. Hefte 1-12, 1912-1928. roy. 8°. K Konst. -Path, in med. Spez.- Wissensch. (J. Bauer), Wien & Berl. Kub. Nauch.-Med. J., Krassnodar. Kyklos, Leipz. Konstitutionspathologie in den medizinischen Spezial- Wissenschaften. J. Bauer. Wien & Berlin. 1926; 1928. roy. 8°. Kubanskyi Nauchno-Meditzinskyi Jurnal. [Kubanskyi Scientific-Medical Journal.] P. P. Avroroff, M. M. Diete- richs & I. G. Savtchenko, editors. [Monthly.] Krass- nodar. v. 7, 1928. 8°. Kyklos. Jahrbuch des Instituts fiir Geschichte der Medizin an der Universitat Leipzig. Leipzig, v. 1, 1928. 8°. Liege med. Lisboa med. Liege medical. Brouha, reaacteur. [Weekly.] Liege, v. 21-22, 1928-29. roy. 8°. Lisboa m^dica. Jornal mensal de medicina e cirurgia. C. Cabeca, B. Morais [et al.], directores. Lisboa. v. 5-6, 1928-29. 8°. M Madras Med. J. • Med. Dosw. i Spol., Warsaw. Med. Mysl, Rostov na Donu. Med. soc, Barcel. Med. Students' Mag., Kansas City, Mo. Med. Welt, Berl. Med.-Biol. J., Mosk.-Leningr. Medicina, Mexico. r, N. Y. Mikrobiol. J., Leningr. Madras (The) Medical Journal; a journal of medicine in all of its branches. Madras, v. 10, 1928. 8°. Medycyna Doswiadczalna i Sp61eczna. [Social Experimen- tal Medicine.] W. Chodzko, F. Czubalski [et al.], editors. [Monthly.] Warsaw! v. 7-8, 1927-28. 8°. Meditzinskaya Mysl. i[Medical thought.] P. V. Nikolsky, A. I. Ushchenko [et al.], editors. [Monthly.] Rostov na Donu. v. 3, 1925-26. 8°. Medicina social. Barcelona. Alio 1-8, 1911-1918. 8°. Medical (The) Students' Magazine. Logan Clendenning, editor. Kansas City. v. 1, 1928-29. 8°. Medizinische (Die) Welt. Dietrich [et al.], Hrsgr. [Weekly.] Berlin, v. 1-3, 1927-1929. 4°. Mediko-Biologitcheskyi Jurnal. [Medical-biological Jour- nal.] A. A. Bogomoletz, M. M. Zavadovsky [et al.], editors. Moskva-Leningrad, v. 1-3, 1925-1927. 8°. Medicina: revista cientifica mensual. Contiene los trabajos de la Sociedad mexicana de medicina interna. Fundada en la Escuela nacional de medicina, 17 de julio, 1920. G. Argil, director. Mexico, v. 8-9, 1928-29. 8°. Messenger. [Monthly.] Easton, Pa., & New York. v. 1-6, 1924-1929. 8°. Mikrobiologicheskiy Jurnal. [Microbiological Journal.] D. K. Zabolotny, A. A. Kisel [et al.], editors. [Monthly.] Leningrad, v. 7, 1928. 8°. [6] Mitt. d. statist. Staatsamtes . . . 6echoslovak. Rep., Prag. Monatsschr. ungar. Med., Buda- pest. Mitteilungen des statistischen Staatsamtes ' Cechoslovaki- schen Republik. Prag. v. 1-10, 1920-1929. 8°. Monatsschrift ungarischer Mediziner. J. E. Laszl6, editor. [Monthly.] Budapest, v. 1-3, 1927-1929. 8°. N Nat. Tuberc. Ass. Tr., N. Y. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Hyg., Micro- biol, en Serol., Leiden. National Tuberculosis Association Transactions. New York. v. 24, 1928. 8°. [Continuation of: Nat. Ass. Study & Prev. Tuberc. Tr.] Nederlandsch Tijdschrift voor Hygiene, Microbiologie en Serologie. W. C. de Graaff, redacteur. Leiden, v. 2-3, 1927-1929. 8°. o Odessk. Med. J. Odont. i Stomat., Mosk. Odesskii Meditzinskii Jurnal. [Odessa Medical Journal.] M. M. Tisengausen, editor. [Monthly.] Odessa, v. 1-3, 1926-1928. 8°. Odontologia i Stomatologia. [Odontology and Stomatology.] P. G. Dauge, A. I. Evdokimoff & M. D. Kovarsky, editors. [Monthly.] Moskva, v. 6-7, 1928-29. 8°. Pediat. prat., Modena. Penn. Med. J., Harrisburg. Pharm, Weekbl., Amsterdam. Physiol. Zool., Chicago. Polyclin. Dairen. Porto Rico Health Rev., San Juan. Porto Rico Rev. Pub. Health & Trop. Med., San Juan. Prakt. Med., Leningr. Prat, chir., Citta di Castello. Prat, pediat., Genova. Proc Am. Assoc. Dent. Schools, Chicago. Proc. Ann. Cong. Med. Educ, Chicago. Proc. Internat. Assemb. Inter- State Post-Grad. Med. Assoc. North America, Milwaukee. Proc. Internat. Cong. Plant Sc, Menasha, Wis. Pediatria (La) pratica: sezione pratica dell' Archivio La Clinica pediatrica. R. Simonini, direttore. [Monthly.] Modena. v. 5-6, 1928-29. 8°. Pennsylvania Medical Journal. Harrisburg. v. 32, 1928- 29. 8°. [Continuation of: Atlantic Med. J.] Pharmaceutisch Weekblad. 1928. 8°. Amsterdam, v. 55-65, 1918- Physiological Zoology. Chicago, v. 1-2, 1928-29. 8°. Polyclinica Dairen. Dairen, S. Manchuria, v. 1—3, 1924- 1928. roy. 8°. Porto Rico Health Review; Official Bulletin of the Depart- ment of Health. [Monthly.] San Juan. v. 1-2, 1925- 1927. 8°. [Continued as: Porto Rico Review of Public Health and Tropical Medicine.] Porto Rico Review of Public Health and Tropical Medicine San Juan. v. 3-4, 1927-1929. 8°. [Continuation of: Porto Rico Health Rev.] Praktitcheskaya Meditzina. [Practical Medicine.] M. V. Tchernorutzky, editor. [Monthly.] Leningrad, v 37 1926. 8°. Pratica (La) chirurgica e delle discipline affini. Giovanni Cocci, director. [Bimonthly.] Citta di Castello. v. 1-2 1926-27. 8°. Pratica (La) pediatrica. Revista mensile. A. Gismondi editor. Genova. v. 5-7, 1927-1929. 8°. Proceedings of the American Association of Dental Schools Chicago, v. 5, 1928. 8°. Proceedings of the Annual Congress on Medical Education Chicago. 1929. 8°. Proceedings of the International Assembly of the Inter-State Post-Graduate Medical Association of North America. Milwaukee. 1929. 8°. [Continuation of: Proc. Inter- State Post-Grad. Med. Assemb. North America.] Proceedings of the International Congress of Plant Sciences 1926. Menasha, Wis. v. 1, 1929. 8°. [7] Proc N. York State Indust. Safety Cong., Albany. Proc. Nat. Cong. Tuberc, Manila. Profess. Pat. i Gig., Mosk. Protoplasma, Leipz. Przegl. Derm., Warszawa. Przegl. Sport. Lekar., Warszawa. Proceedings of the New York State Industrial Safety Con- gress, 1927. Albany, v. 11, 1928. 8°. Proceedings of the National Congress on Tuberculosis, held at Manila, Philippine Islands, December 13-18, 1926. Manila, v. 1, 1927. 8°. Professionalnaya Patologia i Gigiena. [Professional Pathol- ogy and Hygiene.] P. B. Zhurevsky, A. N. Syssin [et al.], editors. Moskva. Nos. 1, 3, and 5, 1928-29. 8°. Protoplasma. Internationale Zeitschrift fiir physikalische Chemie des Protoplasten. J. Spek [et al.], Hrsgr. Leipzig. v. 1-6, 1927-1929. roy. 8°. Przegl^d Dermatologiczny. [Dermatological Review.] R. Bernhardt, A. Karwowski [et al.], editors. [Monthly.] Warszawa. v. 23, 1928. 8°. Przegl^d Sportowo Lekarski. [Medical Review of Sport.] G. Szulc and W. Missiuro, editors. [Monthly.] Wars- zawa. v. 1, 1929. 8°. Q Quart. Bull. St. Pharm. Louis Coll. Quarterly Bulletin of the St. Louis College of Pharmacy. St. Louis, v. 1-14, 1910-1928. K RadiochirUrgia, Napoli. Rassegna di studi sess., Roma. Rec de med. vet. exot., Par. Rep. Internat. Cong. Mil. Med. & Pharm., Menasha, Wis. Rev. de cir., Buenos Aires. Rev. d. Circ med. argentino y centro de estud. de med., Buenos Aires. Rev. d. Circ. med. de Cordoba. Rev. d. Colegio farm, de la Habana. Rev. de gynec. e d'obstet., Rio de Janeiro. Rev. de higiene y de tuberc, Valencia. Rev. d'hyg. et de prophyl. soc, Nancy. Rev. med. du centre-ouest, Poi- tiers. Rev. med. germano-ibero-am., Leipzig. Rev. med. latino-am., Buenos Aires. Radiochirurgia (La). La chirurgia dell' ernia e del l'addome. Rivista critica internazionale. S. Lemb, direttore. [Bi- monthly.] Napoli. v. 19, 1927. 8°. Rassegna di studi sessuali. A. Mieli, editor. Roma. v. 1-8, 1921-1928. 8°. Recueil de m6decine v^terinaire exotique public par le corps enseignant de l'Ecole d'Alfort. G. Petit, Henry & Les- bouyries, r&iacteurs. [Quarterly.] Paris, v. 1-2, 1928- 29. 8°. Report on International Congress of Military Medicine and Pharmacy, Poland, May-June, 1927. Menasha, Wis. v. 2, 1923; 4, 1927. 8°. Revista de cirugfa. A. Gutierrez, director. [Monthly.] Buenos Aires, v. 7-8, 1928-29. 8°. Revista del Circulo medico argentino y centro de estudiantes de medicina. Mario M. Brea, director. [Monthly.] Buenos Aires, v. 27, 1927. 8°. Revista del Circulo medico de C6rdoba. J. Orgaz, director. [Bimonthly.] C6rdoba, v. 15, 1927. 8°. Revista del Colegio farmac6utico de la Habana. J. M. Justiz [et al.], directores. [Monthly.] Habana. v. 6-7, 1927-28. 8°. Revista de gynecologia e d'obstetricia. A. R. de Oliveira Motta, director. [Monthly.] Rio de Janeiro, v. 23, 1929. 8°. Revista de higiene y de tuberculosis. J. Chabas, director. [Monthly.] Valencia, v. 20, 1927. 8°. Revue d'hygiene et de prophylaxie sociales. L. Spillmann & J. Parisot, editeurs. [Monthly.] Nancy, v. 6, 1927. 8°. Revue m^dicale du centre-ouest. Veluet, r^dacteur. [Monthly.] Poitiers. Nos. 1-4, 1929. 8°. Revista meMica germano-ibero-americana. L. Brauer [et al.], editors. [Monthly.] Leipzig, v. 1-2, 1928-29. 8°. Revista m6dica latino-americana. J. Iribarne [et al.], direc- tores. [Monthly.] Buenos Aires, v. 13-14, 1928-29. 8°. [8] Rev. de med. leg. de Cuba, Habana. Rev. med. de Malaga. Rev. de med. trop., Bogota. Rev. med.-profesional, Barce- lona. Rev. med.-quir. d. los hosp., Bogota. Rev. v Neurol, a Psych., Praha. Rev. oto-neuro-oft. [etc], Buenos Aires. Rev. de psychol. appliq., Par. Rev. san. mil., Bucuresti. Rev. de san. mil., Lima. Rev. Soc med.-quir. d. Zulia, Maracaibo. Rev. stiint. med., Bucuresti. Riv. ital. di actinol., Milano. Riv. ital. di ginec, Bologna. Riv. di malariol., Roma. Riv. di neurol., Napoli. Riv. di nipiol., Napoli. Rontgenpraxis, Leipz. Russk. Arch. Anat., Gist, i Em- briol., Leningr. Russk. J. Trop. Med., Mosk. J. Domfnguez Luque & A. [Monthly.] Malaga, v. 7, L. A. Medina 0rd6fiez, direc- v. 1, 1927. 8°. J. Mestre Puig, Melchor [Monthly.] Barcelona, v. 2, Revista de medicina legal de Cuba. Antonio Barreras & Manuel Barroso, directores. [Monthly.] Habana. v. 6, 1927. 8°. Revista medica de Malaga. Ramos Acosta, directores. 1927. 8°. Revista de medicina tropical. tor. [Monthly.] Bogota. Revista medico-profesional. Parrizas [et al.], editores. 1927. 8°. Revista mSdico-quirtirgica de los hospitales. R. Ucros, J., Vicente Huertas [et al.], directores. [Monthly.] Bogota. v. 2, 1927. 8°. Revue v Neurologii a Psychiatrii. [Review on Neurology and Psychiatry.] L. Haskovec, editor. [Monthly.] Praha. v. 24-26, 1924-1929. 8°. Revista oto-neuro-oftalmol6gica y de cirugfa neurol6gica. J. Lijo Pavia, director. [Monthly.] Buenos Aires, v. 1-4, 1927-1929. 8°. Revue de psychologie appliquee. Berillon & P. Farez, directeurs. [Monthly.] Paris, v. 36, 1927. 8°. Revista sanitara militara. [Review of Military Sanitation.] A. Demosthen, editor. [Monthly.] Bucure§tL v. 27-28, 1928-29. 8°. Revista de sanidad militar: Organo del servicio de sanidad militar del Peru. Guillermo Fernandez Davila [et al.], redactores. Lima. v. 1, 1928. 8°. Revista de la Sociedad medico-quirurgica del Zulia. T. Cohen, H. Landaeta & L. Garcia Maldonado. [Monthly.] Maracaibo. v. 1, 1927. 8°. Revista stiintelor medical. [Periodical of medical science.] I. Cantacuzino & D. Danielopolu, editors. [Monthly.] Bucuresti. v. 13-18, 1924-1929. 8°. Rivista italiana di actinologia. G. Coniglio, direttore- redattore capo. [Monthly.] Milano. v. 2, 1927. 8°. Rivista italiana di ginecologia. E. Ferroni, direttore. [Bimonthly.] Bologna, v. 6-9, 1927-1929. 8°. Rivista di malariologia. G. Sanarelli, editor. [Bimonthly.] Roma. v. 5-8, 1926-1929. 8°. [Continued from: Boll. malar.] Rivista di neurologia. Baldi, L. D. Antona [et al.], editors. [Bimonthly.] Napoli. v. 1, 1928. 8°. Rivista di nipiologia. Dedicata alio studio del bambino lattante. (Rinnovamento medico.) E. Cacace, direttore. [Quarterly.] Napoli. v. 1-2, 1928-29. fol. Rontgenpraxis. Beihefte zu Fortschritte auf dem Grebiete der Rontgenstrahlen. R. Grashey [et al.], Hrsgr. [Semi- monthly.] Leipzig, v. 1, 1929. 4°. Russkyi Archiv Anatomii, Gistologii i Embriologii. [Rus- sian Archives of Anatomy, Histology, and Embryology.] D. I. Deineka, editor. Leningrad, v. 4, 1925. 8°. Russkyi Jurnal Tropitchesskoy Meditziny. [Russian Jour- nal of Tropical Medicine.] K. I. Skriabin, editor. Moskva. 1926. 8°. S Schmerz, Wurzb. Schmerz (Der). Deutsche Zeitschrift zur Erforschung des Schmerzes und seiner Bekampfung, zugleich Zentralorgan fiir Narkose und Anaesthesie. Amersbach [et al.], Hrsgr [Bimonthly.] Wiirzburg. v. 1-2, 1928-29. 8°. [9] Schweiz. Monatsschr. f. Zahnh., Zurich. Soc. internaz. di microbiol., Boll. sez. ital., Milano. Sovrem. Psikhonevrol., Kiev. Spisy lek, Masaryk Univ., Brno. Sportmedizin, Halle a. S. Sudeb.-Med. Ekspert., Mosk. Sudhoff's Arch. f. Gesch. d. Med., Leipz. SvenskFarm. Tidskr., Stockholm. Svensk. Lak.-Sallsk. Forh., Stock- holm. Schweizerische Monatsschrift fiir Zahnheilkunde. Revue mensuelle suisse d'odontologie. W. Hess [et al.], Redac- tion. [Monthly.] Zurich, v. 38-39, 1928-29. 8°. [Con- tinuation of: Schweizerische Vierteljahrsschrift fiir Zahn- heilkunde.] Societa internazionale di microbiologia. Bolletino della sezione italiana. A. Azzi, segretario generale. Milano. v. 1, 1929. roy. 8°. Sovremenhaya Psikhonevrologia. [Contemporary psycho- neurology.] V. M. Gakkebush [et al.], editors. [Monthly.] Kiev. v. 8, 1929. 8°. Spisy lekarske fakulty Masarykovy University. [Publica- tions of the medical faculty of Masaryk University.] V. Laufberger, editor. Brno. v. 1-6, 1922-1928. 8°. Sportmedizin. W. Schnell, Hrsgr. Halle a. S. v. 1, 1929. 4°. Sudebno-Meditzinskaya Ekspertiza. [Medico-Legal Sur- vey.] Ya. Leibovitch, editor. [Monthly.] Moskva. Nos. 8-11, 1928-29. 8°. Sudhoff's Archiv fiir Geschichte der Medizin. H. E. Sigerist, Hrsgr. Leipzig, v. 21, 1929. 8°.; [Continua- tion of: Arch. f. Gesch. d. Med.] Svensk Farmaceutisk Tidskrift, Stockholm, v. 23-33, 1919- 1929. roy. 8°. Svenska Lakare-Sallskapets Forhandlingar. G. Nilson, redak- tor. [Monthly.] Stockholm. Heft 1, 1928-29. 8°. T Tagl. Prax., Wien. Tijdschr. v. Tandheelk., Utrecht. Tri-State Med. J., Shreveport. Trudi Chetvert. Vsessouz. Sjezda Detsk. Vrach., Mosk. Trudi Gossud. Inst. Eksper. Vet. Med., Mosk. Trudi Perv. Soviet. Tuberk. Inst., Mosk. Tuberk. u. ihre Grenzgeb. in Einzeldarst., Berl. Tzentr. Med. J., Mosk. & Leningr. Tagliche (Die) Praxis. Beilage zu Wiener medizinische Wochenschrift. A. Kronfeld, Hrsgr. Wien. v. 1, 1929. 8°. Tijdschrift voor Tandheelkunde. C. F. L. Nord [et al.], redacteurs. [Monthly.] Utrecht, v. 35-36, 1928-29. 8°. Tri-State Medical Journal. Shreveport. v. 1, 1928-29. 8°. Trudi Chetvertogo Vsessouznogo Sjezda Detskikh Vrachei (1927). [Fourth Congress of all union Pediatrists.] G. N. Speransky, editor. Moskva. 1929. 8°. Trudi Gossudarsstvennogo Instituta Eksperimentalnoi Vete- rinaryi. [Work of the State Institute of Experimental Veterinary Medicine.] K. I. Skriabin, editor. [Monthly.] Moskva, v. 2-5, 1925-1928. 8°. Trudi Pervogo Sovietskogo Tuberkuleznogo Instituta. [Works of the first Soviet Institute for tuberculosis.] A. I. Lapshin, editor. Moskva, v. 1, 1924-25. 8°. Tuberkulose (Die) und ihre Grenzgebiete in Einzeldarstel- lungen. Beihefte zujden Beitragen zur Klinik der Tuber- kulose und spezifischdn TuberkulosefOrschung. L. Brauer, Hrsgr. Berlin, v. 1-6, 1927-28. 8°. Tzentralniy Meditzinskiy Jurnal. [Central Medical Jour- nal.] M. J. Sereysky, editor. [Monthly.] Moskva & Leningrad, v. 1-3, 1927-1929. 8°. u Ukrain. Med. Arch., Kharkov. Dkrain. Med. Visti, Kiev. Ukrainski Medichni Archiv. [Ukrainian .Me,dical Archives.] O. Geimanovitch [et !al.], editors. [Monthly.] Kiev. v. 1, 1927. 8°. j Ukrainski Medichni Visti. [Ukrainian Medical News.] ,M. Volkovyi [et al.], editors. [Monthly.] Kiev, v. 5, 1929. 8°. [10] Univ. Calif. Pub. Public Health, Berkeley. Univ. Iowa Stud. Charact., Iowa City. Univ. Mich. Stud. . . . Museum Paleont., Ann Arbor. University of California Publications in Public Health. K. F. Meyer [et al.], editors. Berkeley, v. 1, 1928. 8°. University of Iowa Studies. Studies in Character. Iowa City. v. 1, 1927-28. 8°. University of Michigan Studies. Memoirs of the University of Michigan Museums, Museum of Paleontology. Ann Arbor, v. 2, 1929. 8°. Vener. i Der mat., Mosk. Verhandl. d. ungar. arztl. Gesell- sch., Budapest. Veroffentl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Rheumabekampf., Berl. Vestnik Microbiol., Epidemiol. i Parisitol.. Saratov. Vopr. Genet. Reflexol. i Pedol. Mladen., Mosk. & Leningr. Vopr. Ped. i Det. Psikh., Mosk. Venerologia i Dermatologia. [Venerology and Dermatology.] V. M. Bronner, M. A. Zaigraeff & N. L. Rossionsky, edi- tors. [Monthly.] Moskva. Nos. 11-12, 1928; Nos. 1-2, 1929. 8°. Verhandlungen der ungarischen arztlichen Gesellschaften, wis- senschaftliche Berichte und Nachrichten aus Ungarn. B. Alfoldi, Hrsgr. [Semimonthly.] Budapest, v. 1,1929. 8°. Veroffentlichungen der deutschen Gesellschaft fiir Rheuma- bekampfung. Berlin. Hefte 1-4, 1927-1929. 8°. Vestnik Microbiologii, Epidemiologii i Parasitologii. [Journal of Microbiology, Epidemiology, and Parasitology.] S. M. Nikanoroff, editor. [Monthly.] Saratov, v. 7, 1928. 8°. Voprosi Geneticheskoy Reflexologii i Pedologii Mladen- tchestva. [Problems of genetic reflexology and pedology of childhood.] M. M. Shtchelovanoff, editor. [Quarterly] Moskva & Leningrad, v. 1, 1929. 8°. Voprosi Pedologii i Detskoi Psikhonevrologii. [Questions on Pedology and Psychoneurology in children.] M. O. Gurevitch, editor. [Monthly.] Moskva. No. 3, 1928. 8°. w West African Med. J., Lagos. West African (The) Medical Journal. Lagos, v. 2, 1928- 29. 4°. Yale J. Biol. & Med., N. Haven. Yale (The) Journal of Biology and Medicine. New Haven v. 1, 1928. 8°. Zellstimul.-Forsch., Berl. Zentralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc], Jena. Ztschr. f. Kinderforsch., Berl. Ztschr. f. Parasitenk., Berl. Ztschr. f. Rassenphysiol., Mun- . chen. Ztschr. f. vergl. Physiol., Berl. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Insekten- biol., Berl. M. Popoff [et al.], Hrsgr. Zellstimulations-Forschungen. Berlin, v. 3, 1927-1929. 8 Zentralblatt fiir Bakteriologie, Parasitenkunde und Infek tionskrankheiten. Jena. v. 78, 1929. 8°. [Continua tion of: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.].] Berlin v. 35, 1929. 8C Zeitschrift fiir Kinderforschung. Zeitschrift fiir Parasitenkunde. Abteilung F. Zeitschrif fiir wissenschaftliche Biologic L. K. Bohm [et al l' Hrsgr. Berlin, v. 1, 1928-29. 8°. Zeitschrift fiir Rassenphysiologie. Mitteilungen der deut- schen Gesellschaft fiir Blutgruppenforschung. O. Reche Hrsgr. Munchen. v. 1, 1928-29. 8°. Zeitschrift fur vergleichende Physiologie. Abteilung C Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Biologic K. von Frisch [et al.], Hrsgr. Berlin, v. 9, 1929. 8°. Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Insektenbiologie. H. Sti- chel [et al.], Hrsgr. Berlin, v. 23-24, 1928-29. 8°. [Formerly Allgemeine Zeitschrift fiir Entomologie.] N NAAMfi NADASTINY Naame. La dyscytogenese hypocytopoi^tique dvseutrophique ou cancer. 45 pp. 12°. Paris, A. Maloine & fils, 1919. Naar (Mattel). * Pelade et vitiligo dans leur rapport avec le systeme endocrino-sympa- thique. 62 pp. 8°. Paris, 1923. No. 165. Nabarro (David). The laws of health, vii, 184 pp. 12°. London, E. Arnold [1905]. Nabatianz (Susanna) [1881- ]. *Sarkom des Os sacrum. 29 pp. 8°. Berlin, H. Blanke, 1910. Naber (Julius) [1917- ]. *Ueber den tem- poraren Anus praeternaturalis. 32 pp. 8°. Bonn, H. Ludwig, 1918. de Nabias (Barthelemy) [1860-1908]. A. (X.)- [Necrologie.] J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1908, xxxviii, 253.—Beille, Cabannes & Sigalas. Inauguration du buste de M. le doyen de Nabias. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1924, xlv, 771-778.—Beille (L.). [Necrologie.] Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1908, xv, 287-291,1 pi. de Nabias (Simon). *Etude sur les plaies p6n£- trantes de l'abdomen en chirurgie de guerre. 204 pp. 8°. Paris, 1919. No. 254. ---- Traitement par le radium de quelques neoplasmes. 2 1., 284 pp., 43 pi. 4°. Paris, [1927]. Nabitz (Erich) [1889- ]. *Ueber maligne Ovarialtumoren. 34 pp. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr. [1919]. Naccarati (Sante) [1887-1926]. *The morpho- logic aspect of intelligence. 44 pp., 1 1. 8°. New York [Columbia Univ.], 1921. Also in Arch. Psychol., N. Y., 1921, No. 45. For biography see J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1926, lxxxvii, 774. Nachbar (John) [1867-1920]. Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1920, ii, 921. Nachid (Hussein). *Action des g&atoses sur la coagulation du plasma citrate. 16 pp. 8°. Lausanne, 1924. Nachimowitsch (Friedel) [1887- ]. *Ein Fall von Syndaktylie. 1 p. 1., 38 pp., 1 1. 8°. Munchen, Kastner & Callwey, 1913. Nachmann (Gertrud) [1883- ]. *Die Dif- ferenzierung der Streptokokken und Pneumo- kokken durch Optochin. 18 pp. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1915. Nachmann (Leon-Emile) [1880- ]. ten- sion abdominale et palper de l'abdomen d'apres methode de Sigaud, de Lyon. 92 pp., 19 pi. 8°. Paris, 1908. No. 238. Nachmansohn (M.). Die wissenschaftlichen Grundlagen der Psychoanalyse Freuds. Dar- stellung und Kritik. 106 pp. 8°. Berlin. S. Karger, 1928. Forms Heft 45, Abhandl. a. d. Neurol, [etc.]. Nachmanson (Joseph) [1876-1927]. ForsseU (G.). Nekrolog. Acta radiol., Stockholm, 1927, viii, 575-577. Nachrichten von der koniglichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen. 1894-1897; 1905-1927. roy. 8°. Gottingen. 85596°—28----1 Nacht (Sacha-Emmanuel) [1901- ]. *Con- tribution a l'6tude de l'anatomie pathologique des my elites syphilitiques en general et de leur forme progressive en particulier. 79 pp., 7 1., 7 pi. 8°. Paris, 1926. No. 531. Nachtrage zu Hain's Repertorium bibliographi- cum und seinen Fortsetzungen; als Probe des Gesamtkatalogs der Wiegendrucke, hrsgb. von der Kommission fiir den Gesamtkatalog der Wiegendrucke. iv, 81 pp. fol. Leipzig, R. Haupt, 1910. Nachtsheim (Friedrich Joseph Hans) [1890- ]. *Cytologische Studien iiber die Ge- schlechtsbestimmung bei der Honigbiene (Apis mellifica L.). [Munchen.] 71 pp. 8°. Leip- zig & Berlin, W. Engelmann, 1913. Nachtsheim (Friedrich Wilhelm Karl) [1895- ]. *Ueber Thrombose und Embolie im Puerperium. [Jena.] 7 pp. 8°. Elberfeld, 1920. Nacke (August Ferdinand Gerhard Theodor) [1875- ]. *Die Resultate der Allge- meinuntersuchung in der Marburger Universi- tats-Augenklinik vom 1. Juni 1903 bis 1. Januar 1909. 40 pp. 8°. Marburg, Koster & Schell, 1909. Nacke (Rudolf) [1881- ]. *Bericht iiber das 14. Tausend der Geburten in der Kgl. Univer- sitatsfrauenklinik zu Wiirzburg. 39 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, H. Stiirtz, 1914. Nacke (Walter Fritz Otto) [1900- ]. *Be- stimmung des Duerst'schen Vertikal- und Ge- sichtskrummungsindex bei Pferden, Eseln und Mauleseln unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Alters-, Geschlechts- und Rassenunter- schiede. 32 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, A. Edel- mann, 1925. Nacken (Paul) [1887- ]. *Ueber Adeno- carcinoma papillare der Schilddruse in die Trachea durchgewuchert. [Wiirzburg.] 36 pp. 8°. Berlin, R. Trenkel, 1914. de Nadaillac (Marquis). The unity of the hu- man species, pp. 549-569. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 1898. From the Smithsonian Report for 1897. In Papers on ethnology, collected by F. L. Hoffman, 1872-1911. Nadal (Faust). *Troubles pupillaires chez les paralytiques generaux et leur valeur diagnos- tique. 94 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1906. No. 70. Nadal (Leon) [1884- ]. *Scleroses pleuro- pulmonaires et mediastinales de l'enfant et heredo-syphilis; 1'association de la tuberculose et de la svphilis. 108 pp. 8°. Paris, 1919. No. 125. Nadal (Ren6) [1897- ]. *Le traitement actuel des naevo-carcinomes. 50 pp. 8°. Paris, 1924. No. 541. Nadastiny (Franz). Untermenschen oder Nar- ren? Eine kriminalpsychologische Kritik der klinischen Lehre vom Verbrecherseelenleben. Ein Studienbehelf fiir Strafjuristen und Aerzte. iv, 171 pp. 4°. Wien, K. Konegen, 1910. NADASTINY 2 NXSLUND Nadastiny (Franz)—continued. ---- Untermenschen. Das Jus talionis im Lichte der Kriminalpsychologie. viii, 2 1., 191 pp. 8°. Leipzig, O. Wigand [n. d.]. Nadaud (Pierre) [1888- ]. *Etude physiolo- gique experimental des contractions de l'ute- rus. 72 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1916. No. 29. Nadejde (Demetrius C). Ueber quantitative Bestimmung der psychischen Arbeit, iv, 75 pp. 8°. Wien & Leipzig, W. Braumuller, 1912. Nadel (Bernhard) [1893- ]. *Die Massnah- men zur Verhutung und Bekampfung der Geschlechtskrankheiten. [Leipzig.] 54 pp. 8°. Zeulenroda, O. Richter, 1920. Nadel (Chaim) [1892- ]. *Ueber Pleura- tumoren. 38 pp. 8°. Breslau, 1919. Nadler-Reymond (Robert) [1876-1921]. Sigg (E.). Nekrolog. Schweiz. med. Wchnschr., Basel, 1921, li, 1142. Nadobnik (Martin) [1883- ]. *Die Abnahme des durchschnittlichen Heiratsalters in Deut- schland. [Greifswald.] 56 pp., 11. 8°. [Ber- lin, W. Koebke], 1908. Nadolny (Gertrud). *Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Miliartuberkulose. [Basel.]. 28 pp. 8°. Naunhof-Leipzig, Gunz & Eule, 1920. Nacke (Constance) [1893- ]. *Ueber die Einwirkung der kunstlichen Hohensonne auf die Leukozyten. 29 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Neuen- hahn, 1918. Nacke (Paul-Adolf) [1851-1913]. Ueber Fami- lienmord durch Geisteskranke. 1 p. 1., 140 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1908. See, also, Gehirnoberflache (Die) von Paralytischen [etc.]. fol. Leipzig, 1909. For biography see Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1913, lv, pp. i-xx (Kotscher). Also Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1913, xxxix, 1995, port. (Kellner). Also Med. Klin., Berl., 1913, ix, 1614 (I. Bloch). Also Psv- chiat.-neurol. Wchnschr., Halle a. S., 1913-14, xv, 307-312. Naef (Arnold). *L'£preuve du maximum d'apnee volontaire dans la pratique courante. [Geneve.] 28 pp. 8°. Paris, Jouve & Co., 1923. Naef (Francois). *L'ulcere serpigineux de la cornee, ses traitements, et en particulier son traitement par la methode d'Eperon. 59 pp. 8°. Geneve, 1912. Naf (Fritz). *Beobachtungen iiber Eiweissmilch. 1 p. 1., 40 pp. 8°. Zurich, Leemann & Co., 1913. Naef (Martin Ernst) [1886- ]. * Ueber Psy- chosen bei Chorea. [Leipzig.] 26 pp. 8°. Berlin, S. Karger, 1916. Nagele (Erwin) [ -1921]. Fischer (E.). Nekrolog. Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop. Stuttg., 1919-1921, xxi, Heft 3. Naegele (Ferdinand) [1883- ]. *Ueber die Gefasswirkung der Digitaliskorper bei gesun- den und kranken Menschen. [Tubingen.] 15 pp. 8°. Wien, 1910. Naegele (Franz Karl) [1778-1851]. See Briefwechsel (Ein) zwischen [etc.]. 8°. Strassburg, 1909. For biography, see Rohlfs (H.) Med. Klassiker Deutsch- lands, Stuttg., 1880, ii, 499-566. Nagele (Otto) [1886- ]. *Die Enterostomie nach von Hofmeister's Spicknadelmethode. [Freiburg.] 24 pp. roy. 8°. Tubingen, H. Laupp, jr., 1913. Naegeli (Alfred). *Ueber die in der Ziircher Frauenklinik wahrend der Jahre 1913-1919 beobachteten Falle von Pyelitis gravidarum et puerperarum. [Zurich.] 75 pp. 8°. Basel, 1921. Naegeli (H. W.). * Ueber den operativen Ersatz des gelahmten Quadriceps femoris insbeson- dere durch Ueberpflanzung des Tractus ilioti- bialis. [Zurich.] 46 pp. 8°. Stuttgart, 1908. von Naegeli (Karl Wilhelm) [1817-1891]. Obituary. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sc, Bost., 1890, n. s., xviii, 376. Naegeli (Oscar E.). *Ueber die neueren Forschungen auf dem Gebiete der Physiologie und Pathologie der Hypophysis cerebri auf Grund eigener Beobachtungen. [Zurich.] 66 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. B., Speyer & Kaerner, 1911. Naegeli (Otto) [1871- ]. Nervenleiden und Nervenschmerzen, ihre Behandlung und Hei- lung durch Handgriffe. Fiir Aerzte und Laien gemeinverstandlich dargestellt. 3. ed. xi, 160 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1906. ■--- Blutkrankheiten und Blutdiagnostik. Lehrbuch der morphologischen Hamatologie. viii, xiii, 519 pp., 7 pi. roy. 8°. Leipzig, Veit & Co., 1907-8. ---- The same. 2. ed. xvi, 719 pp., 20 pi. 4°. Leipzig, Veit & Co., 1912. ■--- Leukaemie und Pseudoleukaemie. Als zweite Auflage des Werkes von P. Ehrlich, A. Lazarus und F. Pinkus. viii, 226 pp., 8 pi. 8°. Wien & Leipzig, A. Holder, 1913. ---- Krankheiten des Blutes und der Druse n mit innerer Sekretion. 68 pp. 8°. Leipzig, G. Thieme, 1923. Forms Heft 10 of Diag. u. therap. Irrtum. [etc.]. Innere Med. See, also, Schridde (Herm.) & Naegeli (Otto). Die hamatologische Technik [etc.]. roy. 8°. Jena, 1921. Naegeli (Theodor) [1886- ]. *Die isolierte Abrissfraktur des Trochanter minor. [Ziirich.] 10 pp. roy. 8°. Tubingen, H. Laupp, jr., 1912 ---- Einfuhrung in die chirurgische Rontgen- diagnostik. 72 pp. 12°. Bonn, F. Cohen, 1923. ---- Die klinische Diagnose der Bauchge- schwulste; vollstandige Neubearbeitung der ersten Aufl. von E. Pagenstecher. Mit einer Einfuhrung von C. Garre. xi, 487 pp. 8°. Munchen, J. F. Bergmann, 1926. Nageli-Helbling (Heinrich) [1858-1926]. Seitz. Nekrolog. Schweiz. med. Wchnschr., Basel. 1926. lvi, 1080. Nagelsbach (Eduard) [1886- ]. *Untersu- chungen iiber das Blutbild bei Strumen und dessen Beeinflussung durch die Strumektomie. [Erlangen.] 31 pp., 1 1. 8°. Tubingen, H. Laupp jr., 1913. Nahr- und Heilkraft (Die) des Obstes. Seine Anwendung zur Erhaltung der Gesundheit und fiir die Unterstutzung der Reinigungs- und Heilprozesse bei chronischen Krankheiten, nach J. H. Franke-Wortmann. Neu bearbeitet yon A. Ktihner. 54 pp. 8°. Konstanz, C. Wortmann [n. d.]. Naendrup (Albert Theodor) [1883- ]. *Be- richt iiber die in den letzten 10 Jahren in der Marburger Augenklinik beobachteten intrao- kularen Fremdkorper. 35 pp. 8°. Marburg, Narvi (E. J.). *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der bennenregeneration und Behandlung der Seh- nenrupturen, insbesondere im Gebiete der synovialen Scheiden. (Eine experimentell- khnische Studie.) 55 pp 8°. Helsinki, 1926. Naslund (Carl). *Bidrag tiU kannedomen om arsenikyatets toxikologi. [Contribution to the knowledge of the toxicity of arseniuretted NASLUND NiEVUS Naslund (Carl)—continued. hydrogen.] [Upsala.] 123 pp., 1 pi. sm. 4°. Lund, H. Ohlsson, 1919. --- Thesame. 115pp. 4°. Lund, H. Ohlsson, 1919. Forms Bil. xvii of Arsenikkommissionen, Sweden. ——- Undersokningar rorande vissa fasta arse- nikforeningars toxicitet sarskilt vid inhalation. [Researches on the toxicity of certain stable arsenic compounds especially after inhalation.] 102 pp. 4°. Lund, H. Ohlsson, 1919. Forms Bil. xvi, of Arsenikkommissionen, Sweden. Naeslund (John). *Zur Kenntnis der Pneuma- tosis cystoides intestinorum. Pathologisch- anatomische und experimentelle Studien. [Upsala.] 100 pp. 8°. Stockholm, I. Marcus, 1924. Naether (August Kurt Lothar) [1890- ]. *Die Albee'sche Operation bei Spondylitis tuberculosa. [Leipzig.) 45 pp. 8°. Zeulen- roda, A. Oberreuter, 1920. Naevo-carcinoma. See Nsevus (Cancerous degeneration of). Naevus. See, also, Tumors (Angiomatous); Pigmen- tation (Abnormal); Skin (Tumors of, An- giomatous) . Bossard (K.). *Die blassen Feuermale der Kinder. [Zurich.] 8°. Berlin, 1918. Kuritzkes (D.). *Ueber einen Fall von svstematisiertem Naevus. [Leipzig.] 8°. [Zeulenroda i. Thiir.], 1926. Luneatj (H. G.). *Des naevi systematise. 8°. Paris, 1919. Schenck (E.). *Beitrag zur Frage der sys- tematisierten Nsevi. 8°. Marburg, 1907. " Adamson (H. G.). Some remarks upon zoniform or seg- mental naevi. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1914, xxvi, 379-391, 3 pi.—Arzt (L.) & Kumer (L.). Ueber Driisennaevi. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Berl., 1924-25, cxlviii, 323-329 — Babonneix & Lance. Naevus variqueux osteo-hypertro- phiques du membre inferieur gauche. Bull. Soc. de pfediat. de Par., 1924, xxii, 401^03.—Baumgarten (G.). Beitrag zum Naevus flbrosebaceus (Adenoma sebaceum). Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1911, xviii.Ergnzngshft., 128-137— Callomon (F.). Systematisierter Naevus mit strichformigem Verlaufe in der Medianlinie; Sclerodermie en bande und lichenoides Ekzem in einer Voigtschen Grenzlinie. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1910, ci, 221-226, 2 pi— Camplani (M.). Ein Fall von universellem systematisiertem hyper- keratotischem Navus. Dermat. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Hamb., 1921, lxxiii, 1097-1100—Deelman (H. T.). Ueber pigmentlose Naevusgeschwiilste (Amelanosarkome). Acta derm.-venereol., Helsingfors, 1922, iii, 213-224, 2 pi.—Fabry (J.). Ueber einen seltenen Fall von Naevus unius lateris (Naevus porokeratodes). Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1907,lxxxiii, 113-116,1 pi. ----- Ueber einen Fall von Naevus lichenoides albus colli. Ibid., 1909, xcvi, 205-209, 1 pi.—Fasal (H.). Ueber einen Fall von Schwimmhosen- naevus. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lix, 684-686.—Flck (J.). Ueber weiche Naevi. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1909, xlviii, 397; 443.—Fitzwilliams (D. C. L.). Naevi in children and their treatment. Practitioner, Lond., 1921, cvii, 153-168.—Fourmaud (G.). A propos de la syste- matisation des naevi. N. iconog. de la salpetriere, Par., 1911, xxiv, 229-235.—Fox (H.). A case of extensive pigmented and hairy nevus; of the "bathing-trunk type" presenting genital tumors. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 1190. Also reprint.—Heckscher (S.). Ein anthropologischer Beitrag zur NSvusfrage, besonders zur Frage des Vorkommens von Pigmentmalero, Lentigines und Epheliden bei Mischung verschiedener Rassentypen. Dermat. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Hamb., 1925, Ixxx, 613-620.—Helle. Ein Fall von Tierfell- Naevus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1922, xlviii, 1316.—Hod son (T. C). Birth marks as a test of race. Man, Lond., 1913, xiii, 117-119.—Hoffmann (E.) & Zurhelle (E.). Ueber einen Naevus lipomatodes cutaneus super - ficialis der linken Glutaalgegend. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1921, cxxx, Orig., 327-333.—Klein (A.). Ueber einen halbseitigen systematisierten Naevus follicularis keratosus. Ibid., 1917, cxxiv, Orig., 571-583, 3 pi—Lewan- dowsky (F.). Ueber einen eigentiimlichen Naevus der Brustgegend. Ibid., 1921, cxxxi, Orig., 90-94.—Lewln (A.). Na«vus teleangiectaticus der Harnwege. Ztschr. f. Urol., Leipz., 1924, xviii, 280.—Loewy (E.). Ueber die Naevi im Kindesalter. Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1925, xxx, 304- 307.—Martlnottl (L.). Ueber Gruppenstellung der Haare Naevus—continued. in weichen Naevis. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1909, xcvii, 101-106.—Miiller (O.). Ein eigenartiger Fall von Naevus ad genitale et'ad anum (Naevus xanthelas- moides). Ibid., xcvi, 211-213, 1 pi.—Pinkus (F.). Beitrag zur Na'vuslokalisation; spiraliger Navus der Thoraxgegend und gekreuzte Navi. Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1909, xvi, 483- 489.—Popper (E.). Zur Klinik des Naevus flammeus. Med. Klin., Berl., 1921, xvii, 650.— Ravitch. Hairy nevus Arch. Dermat. & Syph., Chicago, 1922, n. s., vi, 105.—Robin- son (O.). Naevus unius lateris. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1908, xxvi, 468.—Rolleston (J. D.). A case of giant naevus. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1915, xxvii, 354-360.— Schalek (A.). Naevus unius lateris: report of a case. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1908, xxvi, 562-565, 1 pi — Waelsch (P.). Systematisierter ichthyosiformer Naevus. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien, & Leipz., 1912, cxiv, Orig.. 237-246. Naevus (Anaemic). Seeger (W.), *Ein Fall von Naevus Anaemicus. 8°. Leipzig, 1908. Almqvist. Fall von Naevus anaemicus (Vomer). Ver- handl. d. Kong. d. nord. dermat. Ver., 2d. Kong. 1913, Stock- holm, 1914, 61.—Bagnoli (N.). Contributo alio studio del naevus anaemicus. Arch. ital. di dermat., sif. [etc.], Bologna, 1925, i, 52-59.—Bruner (E.). Naevus anaemicus. Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1912, 2. s., xxxii, 363-368.—Chatellier. Note sur deux cas de naevus anemique. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1918-19, 5. s., vii, 305-307—Fischer (W.). Ueber Nae- vus anaemicus. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1909, xcvi, 47-58, 1 pi.—Goldenberg. Nevus anemicus. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., Chicago, 1919, xxxvii, 143.—Lane (J. E.). Naevus anaemicus. Ibid., 1916, xxxiv, 602-604 — Little (E. G. G.). Case of naevus anaemicus (Vomer). Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1919-20, xiii, Sect. Dermat., 144.— Martinotti (L.). Sul naevus anaemicus. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1924, lxv, 643-650.—Meirowsky (E.). Zur Kenntnis des Naevus anaemicus Vomer. Dermat. Wchn- schr., Leipz. & Hamb., 1916, lxiii, 833-835.—Nanta & Lavau. Sur l'angio-naevus anemique. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1914, 5. s., v, 472-479.—Sebastian! (F.). Sul naevus anemicus di Voerner. Gior. ital. d. dermat. e sif., Milano, 1925, lxvi, 1499-1504.—Sprinzels. Ein Naevus anaemicus [Demonstration]. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xxiii, 1891.— Stein (R.). Ueber Naevus anaemicus. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1910, ci, 311-320—Vomer (H). Ueber Naevus anaemicus. Ibid., 1906, lxxxii, 391-398. —---- Zur Kenntnis des Naevus anaemicus Vomer. Ibid., 1915, cxxi, Orig., 368-378, 1 pi.—Wagner (R.). Zum Wesen des Naevus anaemicus. Dermat. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Hamb., 1921, lxxiii, 943.—With (C). Naevus anaemicus (Vomer) in mother, daughter, and son. Forhandl. Nord. Dermat, Foren., 4th. Kong. 1919, K0benh., 1921,133. Naevus (Cancerous degeneration of). Balcerek (H.). Multiple intrathorakale Metastasen nach maligner Degeneration eines Naevus pigmentosus. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1921, lviii, 1327-1329.—Bloch (B.). Les naevo-carcinomes. Paris med., 1925, lv, 161-171.—Borrel. Naevi et naevo-carcinomes. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1914, 3. s., lxxi, 644.—Chatellier (L.). Epithelioma come dans un naevus degenere. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1923, xxx, 469— Darier (J.) & Civatte. Naevus ou naevo-carcinome chez un nourrisson. Ibid., 1910, xxi, 61-63.— Dubois-Havenith. Degenerescence maligne d'un naevus. J. med. de Brux., 1909, xiv, 124.—Kaufmann-Wolf (Marie). Beitrag zur Kenntnis der pracarcinomatosen Alteration bei pigmentierten Naevi. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Berl., 1923, cxliv, 73-103.—Kreibich(C). Naevuskarzinom. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1920, lvii, 909. ----- Ueber Naevuscarci- nom. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1921, cxxx, Orig., 542-548.—Masson (P.). Anatomie pathologique des naevo-carcinomes. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1923, xxxvii (annexe), pp. mdclxxiii-mdcLxxvi.—Nadal(T.). Napvo-carcinome a structure perithfiliale. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1910, lxxxv, 647-650.—Wolters (M.). Ueber einen Fall von Naevus epitheliomatosus sebaceus capitis. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Svph., Wien & Leipz., 1910, ci, 197-208. 2 pi. Naevus (Causes and pathology of). See, also, Naevus (Congenital and heredi- tary) . Williatte (P. O. J.). *Contribution a 1'etude des naevi systematise^; groupement des faits cliniques; essai de mise au point patho- genique. 8°. Lille, 1913. Zeisse (K.). *Ein Fall von systematisier- tem Naevus nebst Bemerkungen iiber die His- tologic und Pathogenese dieser Affektion. 8°. Marburg, 1913. Bardach (Martha). Systematisierte Naevusbildungen bei einem eineiigen Zwillingspaar; ein Beitrag zur Naevus- • atiologie. Ztschr. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1925, xxxix, 542.-550..— N.-EVUS 4 NiEVUS Naevus (Causes and pathology of)—con. Buschke (A.). Ueber den nervosen Ursprung der telan- giektatischen und anamischen Naevi. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1921, cxxix, Orig., 233-241.—Cheatle (G. L.). The relation between a cutaneous naevus and a seg- mental nerve area. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 363.—Collet. Naevus sebace developpe sur le trajet d'une fente branchiate. Lyon med., 1923, cxxxii, 1005.—Etienne (G.). Sur les naevi systematiques et leur pathogenic N. iconog. de la Salpe- triere, Par., 1910, xxiii, 399-415, 3 pi—Fischer (H.). Ein Beitrag zur Naevusfrage; die Histologic eines ins Riesenhafte gewachsenen weichen Naevus. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Berl., 1922, cxl, 271-299— Fitzwilliams (D. C. L.). The etiology of naevi; nerve influence in their causation. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 489-491—Gougerot (H.). Naevi tardifs; le terrain naevique; les causes occasionnelles. Paris med., 1918, xxix, 174-177. —--- Naevi post-traumatiques. Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1919, xxx, 255-259. ---— Conception des naevi: neoplasies benignes. Rev. franc, de dermat. et de venereol., Par., 1925, i, 106-108.—Hodara (M.). Histologische Untersuchung eines klinisch hauptsachlich in Form von Komedonenlinien sich zeigenden Falles von Naevus unilateralis comedo- follicularis. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1916, cxxiii, Orig., 409-414, 2 pi.—Kissmeyer (A.). Die Herkunft der Naevuszellen, durch das Dopa-Verfahren beleuchtet. Ibid., 1921, cxxx, Orig., 478-483.—Klippel (M.) & Weil (M.-P.). De la disposition radiculaire des naevi. N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1909, xxii, 473-492.—Kogoj (F.). [Etiology and histogenesis of naevus.] Ceska dermat., Praha, 1922, iii, 169-176.—Konzert (K.). Zur klinischen und anatomischen Kenntnis der systematisierten Naevi. Der- mat. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Hamb., 1924, lxxix, 1051; 1091.— Kreibich. Ueber die Natur der Navuszellen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xxiv, 283.—Laignel-Lavastine & Tinel (J.). Un cas de naevus pseudo-radiculaire du membre supe- rieur; contribution a l'etude des topographies sympathiques. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1920, 3. s., xliv, 1048- 1052.—Leven (L.). Beitrage zur Navuslehre. Dermat. Zt- schr., Berl., 1920, xxxi, 32-40. ----- Zur Frage von der Entstehung der menschlichen Muttermaler. Dermat. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Hamb., 1923, lxxvii, 873-878. ----- Korrelationszahlen und Naevusatiologie. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Berl., 1924-25, cxlviii, 614-624.----- Zwillings- forschung und Navusatiologie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1924, 1, 1580. ■-----■ Zur Naevusatiologie. Ztschr. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1925, xl, 147-150.—Lindenheim (H.). Zur Kenntnis der systematisierten Naevi. Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1917, Orig., xxiv, 144-164—Lipschiitz (B.). Ueber eine bisher nicht beschriebene Naevusform (pflaster- steinformiger Bindegewebsnaevus). Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Berl., 1922, cxxxix, 477-482.—Lucionl (C). Contri- bute alio studio dei nevi ruolli. Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1909, xxxiii, 447^60,1 pi.—Meirowsky. Zwillingspathologie und Aetiologie der Muttermaler. Dermat. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Hamb., 1924, lxxix, 973-977. -----■ Die Aetiologie der Muttermaler. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1924, lxxi, 1365.—Meirowsky & Bruck (W.). Ueber die Vererbung und die Aetiologie der Muttermaler. Ibid., 1921, lxviii, 1048— Meirowsky & Leven (S. R.). Ueber einen Fall von Riesen- naevus nebst Bemerkungen iiber die Aetiologie der Mutter- maler. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Berl., 1923, cxliii, 272- 278.—Nanta. Sur l'osteo-naevus. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1911, 5. s., ii, 562-567.—Polland (R.). Zur Lokalisation und Histologie der systematisierten Naevi. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1910, cii, 101-107, 2 pi.—Sachs (O.). Beitrag zur Frage der Bindegewebs- naevi. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1925, lxxv, 371-374.—Safar (K.). Histologischer Beitrag zur Frage des ursachlichen Zusammenhanges zwischen Hydrophthalmus congenitus und Naevus flammeus. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1923, li, 301-308.—Sato (K.). Beitrag zur Kenntnis des blauen Navus. Dermat. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Hamb., 1921, lxxiii, 1073-1077.—Schuster (P.). Ueber die Beziehungen zwi- schen Hautnaevi und Nervenleiden. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1919, xxxviii, 258-263.—Siemens (H. W.). Untersu- chungen iiber die Aetiologie der Naevi. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Berl., 1924, cxlv, 207-210.----- Lasst sich die keimplasmatische Naevustheorie aufrechterhalten? Ibid., 1924-25, cxlviii, 625-631. ----- Zur Kenntnis des systemati- sierten Naevus depigmentosus, mit Bemerkungen iiber die formale Genese der Naevi. Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1924, xiii, 65-75 ----- Ueber die Ursachen der Muttermaler; Ent- gegniing auf die vorstehende Kritik Meirowskys. Munchen. med Wchnschr., 1924, lxxi, 1202. ----- Die Aetiologie der Muttermaler. Ibid., 1366. ----- Bemerkungen zu der vorstehenden Mitteilung iiber systematisierte Naevusbildun- gen bei einem eineiigen Zwillingspaar. Ztschr. f. Kinderh., Berl , 1925, xxxix, 551—Sprecher (A.). Per lo studio del neo. Gior ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1912, xlvi, 697-701, 2 pi — Steden (E ). Ueber die epitheliale Genese des Pigment- naevus Frankfurt. Ztschr. f. Path., Munchen & Wiesb., 1922, xxvii, 64-83— Stoeckenius (W.). Die Lehre vom wei- chen Muttermal; kritische Betrachtung. Ergebn. d. allg. Path. u. path. Anat. [etc.], Munchen, 1925, xxi, 1. Abt., 1-44. _____. Ueber den geweblichen Aufbau des weichen Naevus. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1925, cclv, 384- 415 —Vomer (H). Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Naevus- natur. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Berl., 1924-25, cxlviii, 277-28:3. Naevus (Complications and sequelae of)- See, also, Naevus (Cancerous degeneration of). B. (E. H. J.). A case of thrombosed internal naevus. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1923, xxxvii, 116—Bergmann (A.). Zwei Falle von Cornua cutanea in systematisierten Naevi sebacei. Dermat. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Hamb., 1913, lvi, 427-429.—Coppock (F. M.). Clinically malignant naevi; pathologically non-malignant. Lancet-Clinic, Cin- cin., 1914, cxii, 464—Banlos, Apert & Flandin. Immenses naevi dissemines avec hypertrophie a forme hfimiplegique de tout le cote gauche et insuffisance aortique. Bull. Soc. franc. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1909, xx, 215-219.—Greig (D. M.). A case of meningeal naevus associated with adenoma seba- ceum. Edinb. M. J., 1922, xxviii, 105-111, 1 pl.-Hazen (H H.). Malignant moles. South. M. J., Birmingham, 1920 xiii, 345-348.—Leven. Naevus bei gleichzeitigem Vor- handensein von Storungen in der Skelettentwicklung. Arch. f Dermat. u. Syph., Berl., 1921, cxxxiv, Orig., 264-267.— Lofaro (P ) Endothelioma developpe sur un naevus der- moide congenital. Arch. gen. de chir., Par., 1910, vi, 1145- 1152. Also, transl., Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1910, cvi 537-557.—Lowry (Eleanor). A case of enlarged tonsils complicated by a venous naevus of the palate. Proc. Roy. Soc Med., Lond., 1923-24, xvii, Sect. Laryngol., 17.—Mihan (G) Naevus hemolymphatique transforms en lymphan- giome ulcereux. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1920, xxvii, 22-27.—Mouriquand & Bernheim. Naevus angiomateux avec hemiplegia spasmodique et crises convul- sives. Lyon med., 1924, cxxxiii, 49-53— Nakamura (B.). Angeborener halbseitiger Naevus flammeus mit Hydroph- thalmus und Knochenverdickung derselben Seite. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1922, lxix, 312-320—Paterson (D.) & Wyllie(W. G.). Hypertrophy of the bones of a limb due to a navus. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1925, xxii, 36- 39.—Polland (R.). Ein Naevus mit quergestreiften Arrec- tores pilorum. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1911, cix, 497-500,1 pi.—Rabere. Tumeur melanique deve- loppee au niveau d'un naevus pigmentaire. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1909, xxxix, 250.—Spangenthal (J.). The mole: its relation to malignant diseases of the skin; a plea for its removal. Buffalo M. J., 1912-13, lxviii, 146-148—Stokes (J. H.). Nevus pilaris with hyperplasia of nonstriated muscle. Arch. Dermat. & Syph., Chicago, 1923, n. s., vii, 479-481. -----■ Lymphangiomatous and hemangiomatous nevus associated with enormous hypertrophy of the sweat glands and localized hypherhidrosis on excitement. Ibid., viii, 186-192.—Strut hers (J. W.). Case of trigeminal nae- vus, associated with epilepsy and contra-lateral hemiparesis. Rev. Neurol. & Psychiat., Edinb., 1907, v, 773-775.—Van Neck (M.). Gigantisme partiel et naevus; naevus variqueux osteohypertrophique. Arch, franco-beiges de chir., Brux., 1925, xxviii, 599-606.—Ward (E.). Morbilliform naevus with hemihypertrophy. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1914, xxvi, 43.— Zaun (W.). Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen Naevus flam- meus und angeborenem Glaukom. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1924, lxxii, 57-59. Naevus (Congenital and hereditary). Binsack (C). *Ein Fall von angeborenem, ausgedehntem Naevus pigmentosus mit Pig- men tflecken im Gehirn. 8°. Giessen, 1912. Achard (C.) & Ramond (L.). Naevus congenital a topo- graphic zoniforme. Rev. neurol., Par., 1909, xvii, 489-491.— Audebert. Nouveau-n6 porteur de naevi multiples. Compt. rend Soc. d'obst., de gynec. et de paediat. de Par., 1911, xiii, 275.—Bowen (W. H.). Case of congenital naevoid condition of the left thigh. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 193-195—Carman (J. H.). Con- genital naevi. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1913, xxv, 147-153.—Coe (H. E.>. •Malignant pigmented mole in an infant. North- west Med., Seattle, 1925, xxiv, 181.—Danlos & Levy-Fran- kel. Destruction spontanee d'un naevus par ulceration neerosante, chez un enfant nouveau-ne. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1908, xix, 273.—Ferre. Vaste naevus congenital. Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gynec. et de paediat. de Par., 1911, xiii, 82-84.—Freund (C. S.). Naevus sebaceus in drei Generationen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr 1921 lviii, 1054.—Gaucher, Gougerot & Meaux Saint-Marc! Naevus peripilaire familial. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1912, xxiii, 237.—Lenz (F.). Zur Frage der Erblichkeit der Muttermaler. Munchen. med. Wchnschr 1924, lxxi, 1365—Lesser. Angeborenes Lymphangiom (Nae- vuslymphangiectaticus). Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911 xlviii 1484.—Marie (P.) Foix (C.) & Levy (Mile.). Sur un cas de naevus congenital keratosique strictement unilateral avec bandes a type radiculaire. Rev. neurol., Par 1916 xxix 2. semes , 117-Meachen (G. N.). Case of congenita* hairy mole. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1913-14, vii, Dermat beet., 109. -—- Case of congenital mole of peculiar distri- bution. Ibid 110— Meirowsky. Neue Untersuchungen uber die Aetiologie und Pathologie der erblichen Missbildun- gender Haut (der sogenannten Genodermatosen); der Anteil der Erbmasse an der Entstehung der Muttermaler. Dermat Wchnschr., Leipz. & Hamb., 1925, lxxx, 249-252—Sachs! Neugeborenes Kind mit ausgebreitetem, glattem, tief schwarz- braunem Naevus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz & Berl., 1917, xliii, 1245.—Sequeira (J. H.). Symmetrical N^VUS 5 N^VUS Naevus (Congenital and hereditary)— continued. plantar naevoid tumours in an infant. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Dermat. Sect., 22.—Siemens (H. W.). Ueber die Bedeutung der Erbanlagen fiir die Entstehung der Muttermaler. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Berl., 1924. cxlvii, 1-60. ----- Ueber die Erbbedingtheit der Mutter- maler; (kurze Entgegnung auf die Ausf iihrungen Meirowskys und Levens). Dermat. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Hamb., 1925, lxxx, 252-254.—Solger (B.). Naevi gleicher Lokalisation bei drei Generationen. Dermat. Centralbl., Leipz., 1909, xii, 322-324.—Weber (F. P.). Congenital unilateral naevus (naevus unius lateris of angiokeratomatous structure, with localised hyperkeratotic outgrowths on the congenitally telangiectatic basis. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1918, xxx, 89- 91. Also reprint.—With (C). Naevus sclerodermicus fol- licularis thoracis in daughter, mother, and mother's mother. Forhandl. Nord. Dermat. Foren., 4th. Kong. 1919, K0benh., 1921, 129.—With (C.) & Kissmeyer (A.). Dystrophie elas- tique folliculaire thoracique (hereditaire?) (Naevus elasticus Lewandowsky). Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1922, 6. s., iii, 169-173. Naevus (Conjunctival). See, also, Conjunctiva (Naevus of). Duclos & Mawas. Contribution si l'etude des tumeurs naeviques de la conjonctive oculaire. Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1924, clxi, 462.—Mawas (J.) & Veil (P.). Contribution a l'etude des ncevi et des tumeurs noeviques de la paupiere et de la con- jonctive. Bull, de l'Assoc. fran?. P- l'etude du cancer, Par., 1925, xiv, 81-103.—Small (C. P.). Ocular naevus. In Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1917, xi, 828*- 8285.—Watzold (P.). Der Naevus der Conjunctiva bulbi und sein Uebergang in maligne Formen (Carcinome); patho- logisch-anatomische Betrachtungen. Arch. f. Ophth., Berl., 1924, cxiii, 286-328. Naevus (Linear). Colditz (P.). *Ueber Naevi lineares. [Leipzig.] 8°. Hartha, 1925. Aikins (W. H. B.) & Harrison (F. C). A case of naevus linearis treated by radium. Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1923, xxvii, 212.—Apert & Pruvost. Deux cas de naevus keratosique lineaire, dont l'un coexiste avec des taches bleues sacrees mongoliques. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1909, xi, 501-509.—Corbett(D.). Case of naevus linearis. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1914-15, viii, Dermat. Sect., 109.—Davis (H.). Sections from a case of linear naevus. Ibid., 1909-10, iii, Dermat. Sect., 105.—Dore (S. E.). Linear naevus of unusual character in a boy aged 18. Ibid., 86.—Flarer (F.). Nevo lineare sistematizzato, con particolare riguardo alia distribu- zionemetamerica. Gior. ital. d. mal., ven., Milano, 1924, lxv, 639-642, 2 pi.—Fordyce. Nevus linearis verrucosus. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Svph., Chicago, 1918, xxxvi, 51. ----- Nevus verrucosus linearis. Ibid., 1919, xxxvii, 250.—Hei- dingsfeld. Nevus linearis bilateralis. Ibid., 1918, xxxvi, 302.—Hodara (M.). Examen histologique d'un cas de naevus lineaire verruqueux unilateral (naevus nerveux ou naevus systematise). Gaz. med. d'Orient, Constant., 1904-5, 284; 293. Also transl., Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1911, Iii, 339-348. -----■ Histologische Untersuchungen eines linearen, halbseitigen Naevus comedo-follicularis, der sich klinisch unter dem Bilde strichformig verlaufender gros- ser Komedonen zeigte. Dermat. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Hamb., 1916, lxiii, 1219-1225, 1 pi—Kantor (R.). Zur Kasuistik des Naevus linearis systematicus. Ibid., 1912, liv, 245-247.—Lerl (A.) & Tzanck (A.). Naevus lineaire repon- dant a Cs-Di; cote cervicale. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1922, xxix, 156-158.—Leven. Naevus linearis atrophicus et depigmentosus. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Berl., 1922, cxl, 403-407.—Levy-Bing & Belgodere. Naevus verruqueux lineaire occupant le membre superieur gauche. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1922, xxix, 329- 331.—Lippert (H.). Kritischer Beitrag zu Levens Arbeit: Naevus linearis atrophicus et dep'gmentosus. Arch. f. Der- mat. u. Syph., Berl., 1923, cxliv, 169-174— MacKee (G. M.). Extensive bilateral linear nevus. J. Cutan. Die. incl. Syph , Chicago, 1919, xxxvii, 343—Ormsby (O. S.) & Mitchell. Linear nevus, psoriasiform type. Arch. f. Dermat. & Syph., Chicago, 1920, n. s., i, 614.—Ossola (S.). Due casi di neo lineare sistematizzato. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1910, xxiv, 115-126— Polland (R.). Naevus linearis verru- cosus. Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1913, xx, 499-502—Samuel (H. C). Case of linear naevus in mother and child. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1914-15, viii, Dermat. Sect., 124 — Semon (H. C). A case of hyperkeratotic linear naevus, with some observations on its microscopic structure by J. Darier (Paris). Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1918. xxx, 200-202, 2 pi.—Sequeira (J. H.). [An unusual case of linear naevus.] Ibid., 1911, xxiii, 25—Weber (F. P.). Naevus verrucosus linearis. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 32. Naevus (Pigmented). Maliniak-Schuchmann (Kreina). * Ueber einen Fall von Naevus pigmentosus permagnus. 8°. Zurich, 1912. Naevu s (Pigmented) —continued. Also in Schweiz. arztl. Mitt. a. Univ.-Inst. Zurich, 1912, 277-301. Rheindorf (A.). *Naevus pigmentosus. Beziehungen desselben zu Sommersprossen und Chromatophoromen. 8°. Berlin, 1905. Adamson (H. G.). Large pigmented vascular sclerosing naevus in a little girl aged 10 years. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1911, xxiii, 179-181.—Apert & Cambessedes. Noevi pigmen- taires dissemines sur tout le corps (neurofibromatose fruste?) et ectrodactylie bilaterale symetrique. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1919, xvii, 166-169—Bathurst (W. R.). The re- moval of a birth-mark with radium. Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1918, xxii, 55.—Bibersteln (H). Talgdriisennae- vus und Epitheliom. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Berl., 1924, cxlvii, 177-183.—Burns. Generalized multiple pigmented naevi; showing the result of two years' treatment with liquid air and carbon dioxid snow. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. syph., N. Y., 1910, xxviii, 690.—Clark (W. L.). The treatment of nevus flammeus (port-wine mark) and. allied conditions by filtered ultra-violet rays, employing the compression method of application; report of 10 cases with two illustrations. Therap. Gaz.,Detroit, 1916,xl,312-317— Dore(S. E.). Case of multiple pigmented moles. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1919-20, xiii, Sect. Dermat., 30-32— Dubreuilh (W.) & Petges (G.). Le naevus bleu. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1911, 5. s., ii, 552-556.—Fox (H.). A case of extensive pigmented and hairy nevus of the bathing-trunk type, pre- senting genital tumors. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 1190.—Gaucher & Couineau. Naevus pigmentaire tres etendu du tronc, en pSlerine. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1910, xxi, 174-176.—Gougerot, Clara & Bonnin. Papillomatose pigmentee indeterminee avec elements-debu- tants papulo-vesiculeux et porokeratose palmoplantaire. Ibid., 1919, 218-221.—Haslund (P.). Naevus pigmentosus verrucosus reg. temporal, dext.; pigmenteringer paa mund- slimhinden. Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1914, 5. R. vii, 1161- 1163.—Heuer (G. J.). Ein Fall von ausgedehntem schwimm- hosenartigem Naevus pigmentosus pilosus congenitus mit Hamatom des Riickens und Spina bifida occulta; seine Bezie- hung zur von Recklinghausenschen Krankheit. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1916-17, civ, 388-426,1 pi—Hoffmann (E.). Naevus pigmentosus pilosus, behandelt mit Kohlen- saureschnee. Sitzungsb. d. naturh. Ver. d. preuss. Rheinl. u. Westpahl., Bonn, 1911-12, B, 18— Hollander (A.). Domi- nant vererbter ausgedehnter Naevus pigmentosus; ein Bei- trag zur Vererbungsfrage der Naevi. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Berl., 1923, cxliii, 329-333.—Hortolomei. Naevus pigmentaire pileux etendu du front; extirpation, autoplastic par la methode italienne. Bull, et mem. Soc. d. med. et nat. de Jassy, 1915-16, xxix, 97-104.—Kyrle (J.). Zur Entstehung der Pigmentnaevi. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1913, cxviii, 319-335,2pi.—Letulle (M.). Deux obser- vations de naevi pigmentaires (naevus du type papilloma- teux; naevus du type sarcomato'ide). Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1912, lxxxvii, 249-256.—Levy-Franckel. Nae- vus pigmentaire plan generalise. Groupement mfid.-chir. de la 5. region [etc.], Orleans, 1917, 152.—MacLachlan (W. W. G.). Extensive pigmentation of the brain associated with nevi pigmentosi of the skin. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1914, n. s., xxiv, 433-146, 1 pi. Also reprint.—Murero (G.). Un caso di esteso nevo pigmentario tubero-piloso. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1923, lxiv, 638-642,1 pi.—Oliver. Naevus pigmentosus. Boston M. & S. J., 1917, clxxvii, 121.—Pau- trier (L.-M.) & Hugel. Maladie naevique generalisee a type de dystrophie papillaire et pigmentaire (acanthosis nigricans) et de naevi pigmentaires et verruqueux dissemines sur tout le corps. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1922, xxix, (Reun. de Strasb.), 81-91, 4 pi—Pernet (G.). An unusual case of extensive pigmented hairy naevus. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1916, xxviii, 122-124.—von Planner (R.). Naevus verrucosus pigmentosus unius lateris. Mitt. d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz., 1915, Iii, 48-50—Quigley (D. T.). A case of enormous pigmented mole. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1924, lxxxii, 2029.—Ragone (S. ). Neo materno pigmentato e trapianti con rapida evoluzione. Clin, chir., Milano, 1910, xviii, 1055-1068, 2 pi— Ribbert (H.). Bemerkungen zum Chromatophorom. Centralbl. f. allg. Path, u path. Anat., Jena, 1918, xxix, 273-278.—Ross (Eliz. N. MacB.). Naevus pigmentosus. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 1416.—Roy (J.-N.). Un cas de naevus pigmentaire pileux nasal et pigmentaire verruqueux pileux jugolabial, du cote droit; autoplastics variees; gufirison. Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1923, xliv, 531-542. Also transl., Canad. M. Ass. J., Toronto, 1925, xv, 138-143. ----- Pigmented hairy nevus of the nose with pigmented and warty nevus of the cheek and lip. Arch. Otolaryngol., Chicago, 1925, ii, 565-573.—Scaduto. Tumore fibromatoso pigmentato, con cellule di neo, della pelle. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1909, xliv, 668-674, 1 pi—Smith (W. M.). A case of extensive pigmented and hairy naevus with molluscous tumours. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1915, xii, 299-301.—Stein (R. O.). Ueber Pigmentbildung in melanotischen Hauttumoren. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lxiii, 2432-2436.—Stranz (H.). Zur Kenntnis der blauen Naevi. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Berl., 1924, cxlvii, 131- 134.—Tollendal (T.). Um caso de nevo verrucoso pigmentar com idiotia. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1920, xxxiv, 720.— Wallhauser. Multiple pigmented nevi. J. Cutan. Dis. NvEVUS 6 N.KVUS Naevus (Pigmented)—continued. incl. syph., Chicago, 1919, xxxvii, 471— Wat kins (E. M ) The treatment of birth marks with carbon dioxide Mem- phis M. Month., 1916, xxxvii, 251.—Wise. Pigmented moles J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., Chicago, 1919, xxxvii, 487.— Zeiler. Ueber die experimentelle Erzeugung eines Naevus pigmentosus. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1907. Jena, 1908, xi, 261. Naevus (Symmetrical). Audry (C.). Sur une observation de naevi symetriques de la face pubhee par Rayer. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1906, xvii, 195— Bosellini (P. L.). Sopra i nevi multipli simmetrici; a proposito di un caso del cosi detto adenoma sebaceo del Pringle. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven , Milano, 1915, 1, 369^12, 1 pi—Csillag (J.). Beitrag zur Lehre von den symmetrischen Gesichtsnaevi. Arch, f Der- mat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1906,lxxx,37-42—Fox. Sym- metrical pigmented nevus of the axillae. Arch. Dermat. & Syph., Chicago, 1920, n. s., ii, 127—Fuhs (H). Ueber Naevus multiplex Pringle; (Adenoma sebaceum). Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Berl., 1924-25, cxlviii, 509-515.—Hintz (A.). Ein Fall von Naevus Pringle und Neurofibromatosis (von Recklinghausen). Ibid., Wien & Leipz., 1911, cvi, 277- 282, 1 pi— Truffl (M.). Nevi multipli simmetrici della faecia. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1908, xxii, 270-279 — Winkler (M.). Weitere kasuistische Beitrage zu den mul- tiplen symmetrischen Gesichtsnaevi. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1907, lxxxvi, 129-134. Naevus (Treatment of). Jonqtjieres (E.). *Traitement des naevi vasculaires, des naevi pigmentaires et des cheloides par le radium. 8°. Paris, 1909. Proust (J.). *De l'actinotherapie com- bined a l'electrolyse negative dans le traite- ment des naevi plans vasculaires. 8°. Paris, 1921. Weigand (K.). *Die Behandlung der Naevi mit Kohlensaureschnee. 8°. Giessen, 1914. Abbe (R.). Radium and naevus. Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1921, xxv, 65.—Aubry (C). Nevo pigmentario tratado por la nieve carbonica. Cron. mfed., Lima, 1923, xl 17-20.—Barjon & Japiot (P.). Le traitement radiothera- pique des naevi; formes, indications et contre-indications. Arch. d'61ectric. med., Bordeaux, 1912, xx, 433-138.—Bayet. La cure des naevi vasculaires par le radium. Scalpel, Liege, 1912-13, lxv, 635-644.—Bloch. Exzessive Hyperpigmenta- tion auf einem Naevus flammeus, infolge Radiumbehandlung Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1917, xlvii, 684.—Bonne. Ueber die schmerzlose und unblutige Beseitigung des Naevus. vasculosus. Ztschr. f. Srztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1916, xiii, 439.— Bunch (J. L.). The treatment of naevi by liquid air and solid carbon dioxide. Practitioner, Lond., 1910, lxxxv, 583- 587. ----- The treatment of 300 naevi by freezing. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 247. ----- The treatment of naevi, based on more than 2,000 cases. Ibid., 1912, ii, 296-298 — Clark. Port wine naevus treated with Kromayer light. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1915, xxxiii, 470-473.—Curry (T. W.). Removal of a facial nevus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1909, Iii, 1032.—Darrlcau. Traitement des angiomes et des naevi. Clinique, Par., 1923, xviii, 118.—Du Bois (C). Le traitement des naevi pileux. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1921, xii, 769-772.—Dubois-Havenith. Naevus pilaire de la joue traite par les rayons X. Presse mfed. beige, Brux., 1911, lxiii, 187-189.—Fp'nss (A. L.). [Naevus vascularis treated with carbon dioxide snow.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1918, lxi, 1351.—Fordyce. Nevus cerebelliformis (soft mole). J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., Chicago, 1918, xxxvi, 584.—Fovea u de Courmelles. Les naevi et leur traitement. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1912, xvi, 531-533— Gillies (H. D.). Case after operation for hairy mole of the face. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1920-21, xiv, Sect. Dermat., 31-33.—Giraudeau. Traitement physiotherapique des naevi outanes. Prat. med. franc., Par., 1924, iii, 747-752.—Gou- gerot & Dessaux. Naevus verruqueux debutant palmaire chez un hSredo-syphilit ique gueri par le traitement mercuriel. Ann. d. mal. ven., Par., 1920, xv, 599-602, 1 pi— Haret. Traitement combines dans un cas de naevus pilaire de la face: resultat esthetique. Bull, et mem. Soc. de radiol. med. de Par., 1911, iii, 321-323— Hudelo & de Jong (Mile.). Naevi systSmatises verruqueux (lineaires et en placards) traites par la radiotherapie et l'acide carbonique neigeux. Bull. Soc. franc- de dermat. et syph., Par., 1911, xxii, 426-429.—Jones (H. L.). Thetreatmentofnaevusbyelectricalmethods, with notes of 1,600 cases. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Dermat. Sect., 102-122. ----- The treatment of naevus by radium, from notes of 24 cases. Arch. Rontg. Ray., Lond., 1909-10, xiv, 169.—Kromayer. Die Behandlung der roten Muttermale mit Licht und Radium nach Erfahrungen an 40 Fallen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1910, xxxvi, 299-302.—Lameris (H. J.). [The treatment of moles.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1914, 626-628, 1 pi — Lee (W. T.). The treatment of nevi. J. Am. Inst. Ho- mceop.,Chicago, 1921-22,xiv,906-913— Mackay(H.). Nevi Naevus (Treatment of)—continued. and their treatment by radium. J. Radiol., Omaha, 1924, v. 305-307—McLean (S. H.). Report of a case of birth-mark treated with carbon dioxide snow. Tr. Mississippi M. Ass., [Jackson], 1911, xliv, 53-56.—Mally. Cure des naevi par les rayons X. Pediatric prat., Lille, 1909, vii, 71-73— Moles- worth (E. H.). The treatment of vascular naevi. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1922, i, 576-578.—Morin. Radiotherapie des naevi vasculaires. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1911, 2. s., xxix, 970-973—Morton (E. R.). The treatment ofnaevi and other cutaneous lesions by electrolysis, cautery, and refrigeration. Lancet, Lond., 1909, ii, 1658-1661—Morton (R.). The new method of treating naevi. Clin. J., Lond., 1909-10, xxxv, 20b- 208.—Newcomer (W. S.). The treatment of nevi. Am.J Roentgenol., N. Y., 1917, iv, 605-610—Pfahler (G. E.). Lx- tensive birthmark successfully treated by the desiccation method, report of a case. Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1915, xix, 666-668—Riddle (J. R-). Cases illustrating the curative effects of radium on naevi. Glasgow M. J., 1911, lxxv, 451-453.—Sabouraud (R.). Du traitement des naevi par le galvano-cautere. Clinique, Par., 1912, vn, 351.— Sicilia. Variedades de nevus y sus tratamientos mas mdi- cados. Siglomed., Madrid, 1920, lxvii, 901— Smith (E. A.). The treatment of naevus with solid carbon dioxide. C anad. M. Ass. J., Toronto, 1912, ii, 1113-1117.—Souttar (H. S.). Cases after operation for extensive hairy moles of the face. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1920-21, xiv, Sect. Dermat., 29-31—Stevens (R. H.). The treatment of naevi. J. Radiol., Omaha, 1921, ii, No. 10, 33-39— Waxhem (F. E.). The treatment of birth marks with carbon dioxide snow: exhibition of apparatus, and report of cases. Denver M. Times [etc.], 1908-9, xxviii, 388-393—Weil (A.). Le traite- ' ment des taches de vin. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1913, xv, 366-369. Naevus (Vascular). Hertz (Perla). *Des naevi vasculaires et de leur traitement en particulier par la photo- therapie. 8°. Nancy, 1912. Larribkre (C). *Sur une forme rare de noevus angio-fibromateux de la face et de l'or- bite. 8°. Paris, 1924. Weinberg (J.). *Zur Radiumtherapie des Naevus vasculosus. 8°. Zurich, 1910. Balzer & Barcat. Naevi teJangiectasiques de la face (variete de polyadenome telangiectasique de Pringle). Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1913, xxiv, 568-570.— Barcat. Decoloration par le radium sans radiumdermite d'un naevus vasculaire plan. Ibid., 1909,xx, 89— Barjon (F). Reflexions sur le traitement des naevi vasculaires tubereux par les rayons de Roentgen. J. de radiol. et d'electrol., Par., 1925, ix, 15-21. Also transl., Am. J. Phys. Therap., Chicago, 1924-25, i, 545-549—Bayet (A.). Le traitement des ncevi vasculaires (taches de vin) par le radium. Scalpel, Liege, 1909-10,lxii,711-718—Bossard(K.). DiehlassenFeuermale der Kinder; Naevi angiomatosi—Telangiektasien. Jahrb. f Kinderh., Berl., 1918, lxxxviii, 204-230.—Broeman (C. J.). Haemangioma, involving more than half of the neck in a baby four days old, treated successfully with radium. Cincinnati J. Med., 1923, iv, 304.—Crocker (H. R.). A series of cases treated with liquid air, with a demonstration of the met hod of application in a case of port-wine naevus. Proc. Roy. Soc Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Dermat. Sect., 155.—Derrien (E.) & Marques (H). Naevus pigmento-vasculaire, traite par le radium. Montpel. med., 1909, xxviii, 302.—Du Bois (C). Trois cas de naevus vasculaire a la face traites par le radium. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1909, xxix, 34-36.— Friedlander (D.). Treatment of naevus vascularis by the use of carbon dioxide snow. Calif. State J. M., San Fran 1911, ix, 408-413. Also transl., Dermat. Centralbl., Berl , 1911-12, xv, 66-74—Gimeno (V.). Tratamiento de los nevi vasculares sanguineos por las bacterias alfas. Rev. de med y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1917, cxvii, 281-289.—Hall (M.). Sug- gestion for the cure of vascular naevus. /«Hall(M.). Pract Obs. & Suggestions, Lond., 1845, 217-231— Hempel. Ein Fall von Naevus vasculosus des Rachens und Kehlkopfes Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 1699.—Hubbard (D.) Naevus vasculosus. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1909. xxvii, 177.—Jacobs (A. W.). A case of vascular nevus in an infant treated with radium. Med. J. & Rec, N. Y., 1925, cxxi, 494.—Josselyn (R. B.). Nevus flammeus (port wine mark) treated with radium. Am. J. Phys. Therap., Chicago, 1924, i, 76.—Laborde (Mme. Simone). Curietherapie des naevi vasculaires. Medecine, Par., 1920-21, ii, 696-700. Also Progres med., Par., 1921, 3. s., xxxvi, 531.—Laignel-Lavas- tine. Naevi vasculaire. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1923, xcvi, 1073 — Larat (J.). Le traitement electrique actuel des naevi vascu- laires. Med. mod., Par., 1909, xx, 337-339.—Leplus (J.). Epulis et papillome colncidant avec un naevus vasculaire de la face. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1908, i, 229-232.—Leroux (C.) &Labbe(R.). Naevus vasculaire plan etsymetrique. Bull Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1910, xii, 136-141.—Levy-Dorn. Ein mit Rontgenstrahlen behandelter Naevus vasculosus faciei Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 34.—McGregor (A. N.). A large diffuse venous naevus. Tr. Glasg. Path. & Clin. So- 1903-1, x, 8-11. ----- Further report on the cases of lar^e NAEVUS 7 Naevus (Vascular)—continued. venous naevus of the thigh and varicose veins of the anterior abdominal wall. Ibid., 63.—MacLeod (J. M. H.). Three cases of raised vascular naevi cured by carbondioxide snow. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Dermat. Sect., 156.— Masotti (A.). Cura del neo vascolare e pigmentario me- diante il radium. Lucina, Bologna, 1914, xix, 129; 145; 161.— Michelson. Vascular nevus. Arch. Dermat. & Syph., Chicago, 1923, n. s., viii, 441.—Miller (C. C). Insulation of needle shaft in electrolysis needle cauterization treatment of port-wine marks. Med. Standard, Chicago, 1925, xlviii, No. 4,11.—Mize (G. H). Treatment of vascular naevi with carbon dioxide snow. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1912, x, 116.—Montgomery (D. W.) & Culver (G. D.). Treat- ment of vascular naevi with radium. Boston M. & S. J.. 1920, clxxxiii, 412-414.—Morrow (H.) & Taussig (L. R.). Radium therapy of vascular nevi. Am. J. Roentgenol., N. Y., 1923, n. s., x, 867-871.—de Nobele (J.). Essais compara- tives des differents modes de traitement des naevi vasculaires. Arch, d'electric. med., Bordeaux, 1910, xviii, 953-960.—Noel (P.). Naevus vasculaire plan systematise. Ann. de dermat. et desyph., Par., 5. s., 1911, ii, 613-616.— Pichard. Le traite- ment radiotherapique des naevi vasculaires. Arch. mfid. d'An- gers, 1923, xxvii, 50-57. [Discussion], 62.— Bulison (R. H.) & McLean (S.). The treatment of vascular nevi with radium. Am. J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1923, xxv, 359-370.—Saalfeld (E.). Ueber Naevi angiomatosi in der Hinterhauptsnak- kengegend. Med. Klin., Berl., 1910, vi, 145—Schmidt (H. E.). Zwei Falle von Naevus vasculosus durch Rontgen- bestrahlung geheilt. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1909, xxxv, 2316-2318.—Sibley (W. K.). A case of bilateral telangiectases (naevus araneus). Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1914, xxvi, 197-202.—Sierra (L. R. F.). Tratamiento de los nosvi vasculares y pigmentarios por el radium. Rev. espafi. de dermat. y sif., Madrid, 1910, xii, 289-293.—Simp- son (F. E.). Radium in the treatment of vascular naevi. Surg., Gynec. ieur. 139 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Paris, 1907. No. 148. Nandrup (Stephan) [1863-1916]. Scheel (V.). Nekrolog. Ugeskr. f. Lseger, KfSbenh., 1916, lxxviii, 279, port. Nanism. See Dwarfs; Infantilism; Myxoedema (Complications of). Nanke (Hans Richard Friedrich) [1889- ]. *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Arthropathien bei Syringomyelic. 21 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Neuen- hahn, 1919. Nankivell (Austin Threlfall). Health in camp. ix, 84 pp. 18°. London, Constable & Co., 1917. Nankivell (J. W. H.). Synopsis of hygiene and public health; for medical and d. p. h. students. 288 pp. 8°. Edinburgh, J. Galloway, 1926. Na lines (Bror Gottfried Teodor Per Ludwig) [1868- ]. *Untersuchungen iiber die Los- lichkeit der Phosphorsaure und iiber die Hy- groskopicitat einiger Bodenarten aus Skara- borgs Lan. 98 pp. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., H. Jaeger, 1906. XANNING 12 NAPOLEON Nanning (Hiddo). *Over den invloed van pan- creasextract op de glycolyse in spiersap. [Leiden.] 94 pp. 8°. den Haag, Swart & Zoon, 1906. Nannoni (Angelo) [1715-1790] Shastid (T. H.). Obituary. In Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1917, xi, 8287. Nantes. Ecole municipale de reeducation pro- fessionnelle pour les mutiles et reformes de la guerre, 1916-1918. 2 p. 1., 64 pp. 8°. Nantes, 1918. Nanukayami disease. See Seven-day fever. Napalkoff (Nikolai Ivanovich) [1868- ]. Vipadeniye pryamol kishki. [Prolapse of the rectum.] 128 pp., 1 1. 8°. Moskva, A. A. Levenson, 1907. Napheys (George Henry) [1842-1876]. The physical life of woman, advice to the maiden, wife, and mother, xxxi, 33-436 pp. 12°. New York, R. C. Hartranft, 1890. Naphthalan. Klug (A.). Ueber die therapeutische Anwendungsweise des Nafalan (Retorten-Marke). Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1904, xxii, 288.—Sauerbrey (K.). Ein Beitrag zur Naftalan- therapie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1922, lxix, 201. Naphthalin. Wiedow (W.). *Ein todlich verlaufener Fall von Naphthalinvergiftung. 8°. Giessen, 1914. von Berencsy (G.). Histologische und experimentelle Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Naphtholvergiftung. Frankfurt. Ztschr. f. Path., Munchen, 1924, xxx, 237-247.—Calderini (A.). Ricerche sull' azione battericida dei vapori di nafta- lina. Riv. d'ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1910, xxi, 555-561 — Caspar (L.). Zur Kenntnis der gewerblichen Augenschadi- gungen durch Naphthalin. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1917, lix, 142-147.—Davis (T. L.). The role of mer- curic nitrate in the catalyzed nitration of aromatic substances; nitration of naphthalene. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1922, xliv, 1588-1591.—Diaz Caneja (E.). Estudiodelesiones oculares, provocadas por la naftalina. Arch, de oftal. his- pano-am., Barcel., 1918, xviii, 313-329— Friedmann (E.) & Tiirck (W.). Weitere Versuche iiber den Abbau des Naph- thalinkernes im Tierkorper. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1913, lv, 463-476.—Fry (H. S). Einige Anwendungen des Elek- tronenbegrifls der positiven und negativen Wertigkeit; dynamische Formeln und das Ultraviolettabsorptionsspek- trum des Naphtalins. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1911, lxxvi, 591-600.—van der Hoeve (J.). Invloed van naphtha- line op het gezichtorgaan. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1916, i, 1039-1043.—Igersheimer (J.) & Ruben (L.). Zur Morphologie und Pathogenese der Naphthalinverande- rungen am Auge. Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1910, lxxiv, 467- 488.—Kikkoji (T.). Ueber den Abbau des Naphthalin- kernes im Tierkorper. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1911, xxxv, 57-87.—Labbe (H.) Lavagna (F.). Modifications del'equi- libre acidobasique des humeurs de 1'oeil dans l'intoxication naphtalinique. Bull. Soc. d'opht. de Par., 1925, 537-539 — Lebeau (P.) & Picon (M.). Hydrogenation par le sodam- monium des carbures cycliques; preparation du tfetrahydrure de naphtaline. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1914, clviii, 1514-1517.—Lindberg (J. G.). Zum Mechanismus der Gift- wirkung auf den Embryo bei der Naphthalinvergiftung. Arch. f. Ophth., Berl., 1921, civ, 264-278—Meyer (S.). Ueber Schadigung der hiimatopoetischen Organe durch Naphthalin. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1920, lvii, 1025.—Storp (W.). Ueber die Feuergefahrlichkeit des Naphthalins. Veroffentl. a. d. Geb. d. Mil.-San.-Wes., Berl., 1914, Heft 62, 96-102.—Woroshtzow (N.). Contributions a l'etude du naphtalene et de ses derives. Bull. Soc. chim. de France, Par., 1924, 4. s., xxxv-xxxvi, 996-1021. Naphthol. Saint-Beat (H.). *Contribution a l'etude du naphtol camphre. Ses indications et son mode d'emploi dans les tuberculoses externes. 8°. Toulouse. 1904. Bechhold (H.). Halbspeciflsche chemische Desinfek- tionsmittel; ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis von den biochemischen Eigenschaften der Halogennaphthole. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1917, lxxxiv, 1-13—Bodmer (R.). Note on the detection of /3-naphthol in ly sol and similar prepa- rations. Analyst, Lond.. 1915, xl, 341.—Burger (L.). Tod- liche Vergiftung nach Behandlung der kindlichen Kratze mit /9-Naphthol nebst Ausfiihrungen iiber das Wesen der Naph- tholvergiftung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1918, lv, 1025-1028.— Naphthol—continued. van der Hoeve (J.). Wirkung von Naphthol auf die A"ge? von Menschen, Tieren und auf fotale Augen. Arch. i. Ophth., Leipz., 1913, lxxxv, 305-317,1 pi.—Howard (R.)- A note on hsemoglobinuria due to beta naphthol poisoning. 1 r. Soc. Trop. M. & Hyg., Lond., 1918-19, xi, 315-318—Kluge. Ueber einen Todesfall nach Einreibung mit Naphtholsaloe. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1918, lxv, 414.—Lemairc (P.). Sur la technique et les formules des injections modiflcatrices a base de naphtol camphre. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bor- deaux, 1913, xxxiv, 508-513—Orme (W. B.). Beta naphthol poisoning occurring during the treatment of ankylostomiasis. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1915, 1, 207— Smillie (W. G.). Betanaphthol poisoning in the treatment of hookworm dis- ease J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1920, lxxiv, 1503-1506 — Wahl(A.) &Lantz(R.). Sur une nouvelle classede derives du 0-naphtol; les arylamino-l-oxy-2-naphtalenes. Bull. Soc. chim de France, Par., 1923, 4. s., xxxiii-xxxiv, 93-110 — Zamparo (A.). Sulla differenziazione dei naftoli e sul pro- dotto di condensazione dell' a naftolo e formaldeide. Boll. chim. farm., Milano, 1925, lxiv, 97-100. Naphthylamin. Ott (I.) & Scott (J. C). Effect of tetra- hydro-beta-naphthylamin on the renal and general circulation. 8°. Philadelphia, 1907. Cloetta (M.) & Waser (E.). Ueber die Beziehungen zwi- schen Konstitution und Wirkung beim alizyklischen Tetra- hydro-b-Naphtylamin und seinen Derivaten. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmacol., Leipz., 1913, lxxiii, 398-435.— Sacbaroff (G. P.). Ueber die Wirkung des Tetra-hydro-b- Naphthylamins auf die Korpertemperatur und den Blut- kreislauf. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Ther.,Berl., 1909, vii, 225-241. Napier (Thomas W. A.) [1850-1917]. Obituary. Med. Press, Lond., 1917, n. s., civ, 419. Napione (Ettore). II motore umano, come v costrutto, come funziona, quanto pud rendere. 359 pp. 8°. Torino [1912]. Naples. R. Istituto della la clinica chirurgica. Rendiconto scientifico-clinico di un quinquen- nio (1905-1909). xxxiii, 1 1., 626 pp., 1 1., 30 pi. roy. 4°. Napoli, S. Morano, 1910. Napoleon I. Chaplin (A.). The illness and death of Napoleon Bonaparte (a medical criticism). 8°. London, 1913. ---- Thomas Shortt (principal medical offi- cer in St. Helena); with biographies of some other medical men associated with the case of Napoleon from 1815-1821. 8°. London [1914]. Masson (F.). Les m^decins de Napoleon a Sainte-Helene. 8°. Paris, 1911. Thomason (H. D.). Napoleon, the first emperor of France. From St. Helena to San- tiago de Cuba, being a summary of facts con- cerning the latter days of Francois Anto- marchi. 8°. Kansas City, 1910. AM. Napoleon et son medecin. Vie med., Par., 1922, iii, No. 4 (Suppl.), 1.—AUemann (A.). Napoleon and medi- cine. Med. Pickwick, Saranac Lake, N. Y., 1918, iv, 337.— Arnaud (L.). La maladie et la mort de Napoleon. Loire med., St. Etienne, 1921, xxxv, 293-296.—Arnott (A.). Recit de la dermere maladie, du deces et de l'autopsie de Napoleon Bonaparte. Chron. med., Par., 1910, xvii, 801: 1911, xviii, 2; 33.—de Barros (A. D.). A epilepsia de Bonaparte (nota de psychology morbida). Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1909, xxm, 151; 161.—Bonnette. Les maladies de Napoleon I Gaz. d. prat., Lille, 1913, xx (suppl.), 93-95.—Bougon. Les manies de Napoleon I«. Chron. med., Par., 1905, xii, 524 — Cabanes. La derniere maladie de Napoleon; quelle a pu en etre la cause? pouvait-on la gumr? Bull. gen. de therap [etc.], Par., 1910, clix, 273-283—C'oues (W. P.). Napoleon's anatomy lesson. Boston M. & S. J., 1927, exevi, 926 — Cumston (C. G.). The true cause of Napoleon I's death Med.-Pharm. Critic, N. Y., 1910, xiii, 207-209.—Ela (A ) Correction as to Napoleon's wounds. Boston M. & S j 1916, clxxiv, 813; 889.—Ellis (A. N.). Was the Emperor Napoleon sane or insane during the last dozen years of his life and if insane, was he morally responsible? Lancet-Clinic' Cincin., 1907, n. s., lviii, 87-90. ----- Some few desultory remarks upon the fatal illness of the Emperor Napoleon Ibid., 1909, cii, 293-295.—Guthrie (L.). Did Napoleon Bona- parte suffer from hypopituitarism (dystrophia adiposo-geni- talis) at the close of his life. Lancet, Lond., 1913, ii, 823-826 — Haberkant (J.). Napoleon Bonaparte als affektepileriti- scher Psychopath und seine Tentamina suicidii. Prag. med NAPOLEON 13 NARCOSIS Napoleon I—continued. Wchnschr., 1914, xxxix, 490-493—Helme (F.). Napoleon et la medecine: la prophylaxie et le Service de sante. Presse med Par , 1921,' xxix (annexe), 853; 877—Kanngiesser (F.). WarNapoleon Epileptiker? Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1912, xxxvii, 402; 533:1915, xl, 222.—Keith (A.). History and na- ture of the Napoleoniftspecimens in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, England. Lancet, Lond., 1913, i, 187- 189 —Knott (J.). The fatal illness and death of Napoleon the Great. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1913, cxxxv, 119-134.—Neu- reiter (F.). Ein Bericht iiber die Sektion der Leiche Napo- leons I. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1921, lxxi, 1901-1904.— Ravarit (G.). Les crises nerveuses de Napoleon. ^Escu- lape, Par., 1913, iii, 30; 228— Baymondaud (H.). Une ten- tative de suicide de Napoleon. Paris med., 1913-14, xiv (suppl), 545-553.— Revillet (L.). La faculte d'abstraction et de distraction de Napoleon I« (d'apres des documents ine- dits). Chron. med., Par., 1912, xix, 33-37—Robinson (A. L.). The medical history of Napoleon. China M. J., Shanghai, 1927, xii, 351-364.—Salmon (A.). Su la genesi della sonno- lenza iavincibile che colpiva Napoleone negli ultimi suoi anni. Riforma med., Napoli, 1925, xii, 1177-1179.—SpratUng (W. P.). Was Napoleon epileptic? N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, lxxxiv, 360.—Trzebinski (S.). Une lettre de Bonaparte au Dr. Tissot, a Lausanne. Bull. Soc. franc, d'hist. de la med., Par., 1925, xix, 173.—Warbrick (J. C). Was Napoleon's ill- ness a factor in the loss of Waterloo? Boston M. & S. J., 1927, cxcvii, 204. de Napoli (Ferdinando). torio e nella pratica . . zione del P. Ehrlich. Napoli, V. Idelson, 1912 Nappez (Paul). *Les icteres syphilitiques ter- tiaires et quaternaires avant et depuis la medi- cation arsenobenzolique. 57 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920. No. 533. Naprapathic Dictionary of cures. 2. ed. 46 pp. 8°. [Chicago, Chir. Coll. Naprapathy, 1919.] Naprapathy. Chicago College of Naprapathy pathic dictionary of cures. 2. ed. cago, 1919. Naprapathic chartology. II "606" nel labora- con lettera e prefa- xxiii, 184 pp. 8°. Napra- '. Chi- Smith (O.). Chicago, 1917. Smith (O. monograph. tissue G.). The connective J°. Chicago, 1919. Bruning (A. H.). Why Oakley Smith became a napra- path. Med. Rev. of Rev., N. Y.f 1917, xxiii, 578. Naquet (Alfred) [1834-1916]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, ii, 826. Narath (Albert) [1864-1924]. Sauerbruch. Nekrolog. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1924, clxxxix, Hefte 1-3, port. Narath (Alfred) [1891- ]. *Ueber Entste- hung der aniimischen Lebernekrose nach Un- terbindung der Arteria hepatica und ihre Ver- hutung durch arterio-portale Anastomose. [Heidelberg.] 75 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leizpig, F. C. W. Vogel, 1916. Narbel (Paul) [1876-1920]. delaHarpe(R). Necrologie. Schweiz. med. Wchnschr., Basel, 1920,1, 1074. Narboni (Georges) [1892- ]. Contribution a l'etude de l'aerophagie bloqude. 50 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1920. No. 57. Narboni (Luc) [1884- ]. Contribution a l'etude de la fievre r^currente en Algerie; relation d'une epidemie k Alger. 161 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912. No. 166. Narbonne (Paul). *De la cure radicale de la hernie crurale par le proc6de du Clou. 64 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1909. No. 820. Narcissism. See Autoerotism. Narcissus. L. (E.). Les fleurs de narcisse sauvage. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1918, xxxii, 238-240— McNab (W. G.). Case of poisoning bv daffodil bulbs (Narcissus Pseudo-Nar- cissus). Pharm. J., Lond., 1916, xcvi, 367.—Martin-Sans Narcissus—continued. (E.) & Verblzier. Un cas de tetanie au cours d'un empoison- nement par le narcisse des pres. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1922, xxix, 497-503. ----- Un empoisonnement par le narcisse incomparable. Ibid., 1923, xxx, 265. Narcolepsy. See Sleep (Protracted). Narcophin. Drews (H.). Ueber die Anwendung des Narkophin in der Geburtshilfe. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1913, xxxvii, 717.—Eisner (G.). Erfahrungen mit Narkophin. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1913, xxvii, 353-356—Hirsch (S.). Dosie- rung des Narkophins. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1914, xl, 703.—Pollack (L.). Narkophin als Ersatz fiir Morphium. Ibid., 1916, xiii, 1132.—Schlimpert (H.). Ueber die Verwendung des Narcophins in der Gynakologie. Miin- chen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 1544-1546.—von Stale wski. Ueber die Anwendung der Opiate, im besonderen des Nar- cophins, in der arztlichen Praxis. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1912, liii, 507-509. Narcosis and narcotics. See, also, Anaesthesia; Anaesthetics. Beinaschewitsch (Fanny). *Ueber die Erhohung der Wirkung narkotischer Medika- mente durch Verteilung der Gesamtdosis. [Bern.] 4°. Berlin, 1910. Keguliches (P.). *Ueber die Wirkung von Narkotikakombinationen bei Froschen. [Bern.] 8°. Berlin, 1916. Also in Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1916 xviii, 52-60. Lemonosoff (Sophie). *Ueber die Beein- flussung der Wirkung narcotischer Medica- mente durch Antipyretica. 8°. Berlin, 1911. Also in Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1911, viii, 566-575. Terry (C. E.) & Pellens (Mildred). Pre- liminary report on studies of the use of nar- cotics under the provisions of Federal law in six communities in the United States of Amer- ica, for the period July 1st, 1923, to June 30th, 1924. 8°. New York, 1924. United States. Treasury Department. United States Internal Revenue. Traffic in narcotic drugs. Report of special committee of investigation, . . . June, 1919. 8°. Wash- ington, 1919. Blume (W.). Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber die erregbarkeitssteigernde und lahmende Wirkung einiger Nar- kotika am peripheren Nervenstamm, am Skelettmuskel und am motorischen Nervenende des Frosches. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1925, ex, 46-65.—Breslauer (Alice) & Woker (Gertrud). Ueber die Wirkung von Narko- tikakombinationen auf Colpidium colpoda. Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol., Jena, 1911-12, xiii, 282-320, 6 pi— Biirgi (E.). Die Wirkung von Narcotica-Kombinationen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1910, xxxvi, 20; 62. ----- Die Narkotica. Ergebn. d. ges. Med., Berl. & Wien, 1924, v, 53-85.—Collett (M. E.). Narcosis and temperature. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1922-23, xx, 259— Coutiere. Le traffic des stupSfiants et la Conference Internationale de l'opium a Geneve. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1925, 3. s., xciii, 52-59. Also Rev. internat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1925, xxxvi, 5-8.—Csillag (Elisabeth). Beziehungen zwi- schen Konzentration und Wirkung der Narkotika, gemessen am Ruhestrom der Froschhaut. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1924, ci, 296-304.—Ebbecke (U.). Chro- nische Narkosewirkung una rhythmische Reflexe. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Berl., 1920, clxxix, 73-94.—Fiihner (H.). Die Wirkungsstarke der Narkotica; Hamolyseversuche. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1923, cxxxix, 216-224.—Harmon (M. S.). Pre-operative narcotics. Current Researches Anesth. & Analg., Elmira.N. Y., 1925, iv, 15-20.—Heilbronn (A.). Narkose im Pflanzenreich. Naturwissenschaften, Berl., 1914, ii, 1012-1015.—le Heux (J. W.). Een bijdrage tot de kennis van het synergisme van narcotica. Nederl. Tijd- schr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1917, ii, 1273-1281.—Honigmann (F.). Die Wahl des Narkotikums. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1922, xlix, 1497-1500—vonIssekutz (B.). Ueber den Einfluss der Temperatur auf die Capillaraktivitat der Narko- tica. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1918, lxxxviii, 213-218.—Italy. Legge sugli stupefacenti e relativo regolamento. Boll. d. Ass. med. tridentina, Trento, 1924, xxxix, 361-364.—Japhe (Fanny). Ueber die Gewohnung an die Narkotika der Fett- reihe. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1911, xxv, 110-115.—Joa- chimoglu (G.). Die Wirkung einiger Verwandten des Chloroforms mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Traube- schen Theorie fiber die Wirkung der Narkotika der Fettreihe.. NARCOSIS 14 NASAL Narcosis and narcotics—continued. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1921, lviii, 812— Joannovics (G.) & Pick (E. P.). Intravitale Oxydationshemmung in der Leber durch Narkotika. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1911, cxl, 327-353.—Lloyd (F. E.). Some effects of narcotics on Spiro- gyra. Current Researches Anesth. & Analg., Elmira N Y 1924, iii, 9-19.—Loeb (J.) & Wasteneys (H.). Is narcosis due to asphyxiation? J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1913-14, xiv, 517- 523— Mcyerhof (O.). Notiz fiber Eiweissfallungen durch Narkotica. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1918, lxxxvi, 325-328.— Nice (L. B.). Studies on the effects of alcohol, nicotine and caffeine on white mice. J. Exper. Zool., Phila., 1913, xiv, 123-151.—Nothmann-Zuckerkandl (Helene). Die Wir- kung der Narkotica auf die Plasmastromung. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xiv, 412-451.—Perrot (E.). Les con- ventions de Geneve sur le trafic de l'opium et autres stupe- flants. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1925, 3. s., xciii, 375-378 — Reynolds (L.). The influence of narcotics on phagocytosis. Lancet, Lond., 1910, i, 569.—Rietz (T.). Narcosis tremor and its treatment. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1920, xxx, 361-363— Rossiyskl (D. M.). [Certain halloid-containing narcotics of the fat series.] Prakt. Vrach, Petrogr., 1914, xiii, 483-485.—Salzmann (M.). Aufhebung der narkotischen Wirkung der Stofle der Alkoholgruppe bei gleichzeitiger Aufnahme von Fett auf Grund ihres Teilungskoeffizienten zwischen Fett und Wasser. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Phar- makol., Leipz., 1912, lxx, 233-254.—Schulze(P.). Membran und Narkose; vergleichende Leitfahigkeitsmessungen an narkotisierten Muskel- und Bindegewebsmembranen. Bio- chem. Ztschr., Berl., 1920, cviii, 1-34.—Shelford (V. E.). The reactions of goldfish to certain habit-forming drugs; the use of the gradient tank. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., Easton, Pa., 1918, vii, 597-603.—Stites (F. M.). Harrison narcotic law. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1921, xix, 179.—Stockman (R.). Stimulant narcotics. Med. Mag., Lond., 1912, xxi, 677-681.—von Szir may (Julie). Quantitative Untersuchun- gen fiber Konzentration und Wirkung der Narkotika. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1924, ci, 273-284.— Tashiro (S.) & Adams (H. S.). Studies on narcosis; effect of ethyl urethane and chloral hydrate on the COa production of the nerve fiber. Internat. Ztschr. f. phys.-chem. Biol., Leipz. & Berl., 1914,i, 450-462.—Thorns (H). Wertbestim- mung der narkotischen Extrakte in chemischer und pharma- kologischer Hinsicht. Pharm. Praxis, Wien & Leipz., 1903, ii, 241-246.—Towns (C. B.). The present and future of nar- cotive pathology. Med. Rev. of Rev., N. Y., 1917, xxiii, 35; 113; 195, Also reprint.—Traube (J.). Theorie der Narkose. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1915, clx, 501-510.—Unger (R.). Ueber den Einfluss der Temperatur auf Wirkungs- starke und Oberflachenaktivitat der Narkotica. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1918, lxxxix, 238-278.—Vernon (H. M.). The changes in the reaction of growing organisms to narcotics. J. Physiol., Lond., 1913, xlvii, 15-29— Widmark (E. M. P.). Studies m the concentration of indifferent narcotics in blood and tissues. Acta Med. Scandin., Stockholm, 1919, Iii, 87-164— Widmark (E. M. P.) & Tandberg (J.). Ueber die Bedingungen fiir die Akkumulation indifferenter Narkotika; theoretische Berechnungen. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1924, cxlvii, 358-369.—Wlnterstein (H.). Ueber den Einfluss der Temperatur auf die Oberflachenspannung narkotischer Stoffe. Ibid., 1919, c, 81-83. Narcotic education; edited report of the proceed- ings of the first world conference on narcotic education, Philadelphia, Pa., July 5-9, 1926. xv, 403 pp. 8°. Washington, H. S. Middle- miss, 1926. Narcotic-habit. See Drug-habit. Narcotin. Gadamer (J.) & von der Bruck (G.). Ueber die Ein- wirkung von Merkuriacetat auf Narkotin. Arch. d. Pharm., Berl., 1923, cclxi, 117-138.—Steiner (P.). Les spectres d'ab- sorption ultra-violets de la narcotine et de ses produits de decomposition. Ann. de med. leg., Par., 1922, ii, 338-340.— Straub (W.). Die pharmakodynamische Wirkung des Nar- kotins im Opium. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xii, 419- 430— Wilkens (R.). Untersuchungen fiber Narkotin und Papaverin. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannover, 1912, xx, 209. Narcy (Charles) [1886- ]. Contribution a l'etude du sang senile. 142 pp. 8°. Paris, 1913. No. 52. Narcylene. Bohne (A.). Ein Beitrag zur Narcylennarkose. Zen- tralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1924, li, 2752.—Brandt (T.). Nar- cylen-narcosis. Norsk. Mag. f. Laegevidensk, Kristiania, 1924, lxxxv, 669-676.—Cardauns. Ueber Narzylennarkose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1925, lxxii, 1443.—Eggers (T.). Beitrag zur Narcylenbetaubung mit dem Kreisatmer. Zen- tralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1925, Iii, 2005-2012—Gauss (C. J.). Die klinische Anwendung der Narcylen-Betaubung in der Gynakologie. Verhandl. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wfirzb., Narcylene—continued. 1924, n. F., xlix, 110.----- Die Narcylenbetaubung mit dem Kreisatmer. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1925, xlix, 1218-1226.—Gauss (K.). A new general anaesthetic (Narcy- len). Lancet, Lond., 1923, i, 619— Hurler (K.). Eine Ex- plosion bei Narcylenbetaubung. Ztschr. f. Gewerbe-Hyg- [etc.], Wien & Leipz., 1924, xxx, 171-173. ----- Beobach- tungen bei 400 Narkylenbetaubungen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1925, lxxii, 468-470.—Kurtzahn. Erfahrungen mit der Narcylenbetaubung in der Klinik und Poliklimk. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1924, cxxxiii, 152-156.—Kurtzalin (H.) & Teichert (C). Ueber Narcylenbetaubung in der Chirurgie. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1923, 1, 1417-1423.— Maier (J.) & Mauerer (E.). Die geburtshilfliche Narcylen- betaubung mit dem Kreisatmer. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1925, xlix, 2544-2550.—Mauerer (E.). Untersuchun- gen iiber die Wirkung der Narcylenbetaubung auf die Dauer und den Blutverlust in der Nachgeburtsperiode. Ibid. ,2551- 2556—M ueller (E. A.). Blutuntersuchungen bei Narcylen- betaubung. Ibid., 2556-2559—Muller (K. P.) & Mallebrein (F.). Tierexperimentelle Untersuchungen fiber die Moglich- keit einer Gefahrdung durch Narcylenbetaubung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1925, li, 184; 224.— Philipp (E.). Beobachtungen bei der Narcylennarkose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1924, lxxi, 639-641.—von der Porten (E.). Narcylen in der Privatpraxis. Ibid., 1925, lxxii, 1027.—Reis (E.). 1st die Narcylenbetaubung geeignet, in der Chirurgie die Narkose der Wahl zu werden? Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1925, Iii, 755-762.—Rimarski (W.). Die Narcylenbetaubung in sicherheitstechnischer Hinsicht. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1925, lxxii, 386-388.—Ruef. Zur Narzylennarkose. Ibid., 1401.—Schllgen (K.). Unsere Erfahrungen mit der Narcylennarkose. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1924, xlviii, 205-212.—Schmidt (H.). Zur Narzylennarkose. Mfin- chen. med. Wchnschr., 1925, lxxii, 841-844.—Sol bach (H.). Die Ungefahrlichkeit der Narcylenbetaubung. Ibid., 1924, lxxi, 739-742. Nardon. SeeThoinot (LeonH.) &Nardon. Hygiene. 8°. Paris [1911?]. Naret (Henri-Alphonse-Joseph) [1874- ]. ♦Contribution a l'etude de la tuberculose pul- monaire chez les tuberculeux chirurgicaux adultes. 61 pp. 8°. Lille, 1906. No. 3. Nargeot (Albert). *Hepatisation pneumococ- cique terminer par gangrene pulmonaire. 76 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910. No. 201. Narich (Joseph) [1880- ]. *Du phlegmon ligneux. 41 pp., 1 1. 8°. MontpeUier, 1904. No. 1. Narkirier (Marie). *Ueber Yoghurt. 27 pp. 8°. Zurich, Gebr. Leemann & Co., 1911. Narkose und Anaesthesie. H. Eppinger [et al.], Hrsgr. [Monthly.] v. i, 1928. 8°. Berlin. Narodno zdravlje; lekarske pouke narodu Doda- tek Srpskom arhivu za celokupno lekarstvo, organu Srpskog lekarskog drustva. [Public health; medical instruction for the people. Supplement to Servian archives of all branches of medicine; organ of the Servian Medical Society.] v. 3-19, 1898-1914. 8°. Beograd. Narr (Paul Johann Friedrich) [1866- ]. *Schwierigkeiten in der gynakologischen Dia- gnostik mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Darmtumoren, die vom Genitale ausgehende Geschwulste vortauschen. [Giessen.] 19 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Prag, Selbstverlag, 1911. Nasa fever. See Nasha fever. Nasal bone. Bertini (T.). Presenza di due ossa sopranumerarie nella norma lateralis sinistra da divisione del nasale e del mascellare superiore. Ann. di freniat. [etc.], Torino, 1908, xviii, 20-24, 1 pi— Colle (G.). Sviluppo dell' osso nasale nelF uomo. Atti r. 1st. Veneto di sc, lett. ed arti, 1914-15, lxxiv, 1497. ----- Ricerche sullo sviluppo e sulla morfologia dell' osso nasale umano. Ibid., 1917-18, lxxvii, 243-281.—Ridout (C. A. S.). Tuberculosis of nasal bones. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med Lond., 1923-24, xvii, Sect. Laryngol., 13. Nasal catarrh. See Catarrh (Nasal, etc.). Nasal duct. See Lachrymal organs. NASAROFF 15 NASOPHARYNX Nasaroff (Mile. N.). *De la specificitc des sdrums antibothropique et anticrotalique. 23 pp. 8°. Lausanne, 1912. Nascher (E.). Das Buch des jiidischen Jargons, nebst einem Anhang: die Gauner- oder die Kochemersprache, mit Quellennachweis und Erklarungen. vii, 164 pp. 16°. Wien & Leipzig, J. Deubler [1910]. Nascher (Ignatz Leo) [1863- ]. Geriatrics; the diseases of old age and their treatment, in- cluding physiological old age, home and insti- tutional care, and medico-legal relations. With an introduction bv A. Jacobi. xviii, 517 pp., 50 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co. [1914]. ---- The same. 2. ed. xx, 527 pp. 8°. Phila- delphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co. [1916]. do Nascimento Barros (Fabio). *Cadeira de physiologia; a dor. 94 pp., 2 1. roy. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, Carvalhaes, 1905. Nash (Eugene Beauharnais) [1838- ]. The testimony of the clinic. 2 p. 1., 209 pp., port. 8°. Philadelphia, Boericke & Tafel, 1911. ---- Leaders in homoeopathic therapeutics. 4. ed., 493 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, Boericke & Tafel, 1913. ---- How to take the case and to find the simillimum. 2. ed. 54 pp., 1 1. 12°. Phila- delphia, Boericke & Tafel, 1914. Nash (Herbert Milton) [1832-1911]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 1408. Also Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass., 1911, Wash., D. C, 1912, xxiv, 603-605. Nash (James Thomas Charles) [1865- ]. Evolution and disease, viii, 73 pp. 8°. Bris- tol, John Wright & Sons, 1915. Nash (Joseph D.) [1836-1906]. Obituary. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, lxxxix, 1239. Nasha fever. Ganguli (S ) A short note on Nasha fever. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1914, xlix, 488— Rosenau (M. J.) & Ander- son (J- F). Nasha fever. Handb. Pract. Treat. [Musser & Kelly], Phila. &: Lond., 1911, ii, 724. Nashimura (Yasuji) [1876- ]. *Ueber Schenkelhalsfrakturen beim kindlichen Alter mit besonderer Rucksicht auf deren Entste- hungsmechanismus. 30 pp. 8°. Munchen, Kastner & Callwev, 1907. Nashville (The) Journal of Medicine and Sur- gery, v. 1-21, 1851-1861; n. s., v. 1-114, 1886-1920. 8-°. Nashville. Nasiloff (Ivan Ivanovich) [1842-1907]. [Obituary.] Izviest. Imp. Voyenno-Med. Akad., S.- Peterb., 1907, xiv, 407. Nasmyth's membrane. Talbot (E. S.). The so-called Nasmyth's membrane. Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1920, xii, 975-978. Naso-frontal canal. Canuyt (G.) & Terracol (.1.). Le retrecissement del'ori- fice meatique du canal naso-frontal (vacuum sinus). Rev. d'oto-neuro-ocul., Par., 1923, i, 548-551. ----- L'obstruc- tion du canal naso-frontal (vacuum sinus). Ann. d. mal. de l'Oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1924, xliii, 224-262. Nasopharyngoscope. See Nasopharynx (Examination of). Nasopharynx. See, also, Air-passage; Nose; Throat. Bryant (W. S.). The involution of the nasopharynx, and its clinical importance. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1914, cxlviii, 61-65. Also reprint. ----- Transitional epithelium in the rhino-pharynx. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1915, xxv, 346-353. Also reprint—Gloaguen. Le rhino-pharynx de la race jaune. Arch, de med. et pharm. nav., Par., 1923, cxiii, 252- 254.—Goodall (T. B.). The naso-palatine apertures, Jacob- son's organ, and Stenson's canal. Vet. J., Lond., 1912, lxviii, 130; 197; 251; 335; 401— Giintzer (J. H). The prophylaxis of the oro-pharynx and naso-pharynx. Manhattan Eye & Nasopharynx—continued. Ear Hosp. Rep., N. Y., 1912, xiii, 132-139.—von Gyergyay (A.). Anwendung eines neuen Verfahrens zur Feststellung der physiologischen Erscheinungen seitens des Nasenrachens, der hinteren Nase und der Ohrtrompetenoffnungen (Em- pfindlichkeit, Reflexerregbarkeit und Lokalisationsfahigkeit) und die Verwendung des Resultates in der Praxis. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1920, xxxiii, 353-377—Hays (H). Studies of the nasopharynx with a brief description of the electric pharyngoscope. Buffalo M. J., 1909-10, lxv, 349- 357.—Henkes (J..C). Ueber die Form und Entwicklung des Cavum nasophar'yngeum. Verhandl. d. Internat. Laryngo- Rhinol.-Kong. 1908, Wien & Leipz., 1909, i, 616-623.—van der Hoeve n Leon hard (J.). Het sagittale profiel van het cavum pharyngonasale (voorloopige mededeeling). Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1916, ii, 89.—Holmes (E. M.). The epipharynx in children. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1914, xxviii, 149-153. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1914, xxiii, 138-147—Ingersoll (J. M.). The nose and nasopharynx in infants and young children. Tr. Am. Laryn- gol. Ass., N. Y., 1909, 38-49—McCarthy (M. F.). Prelimi- nary report of studies on the nasopharynx. Am. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1925-26, xxxiv, 800-813 — Mann (M.). Demonstration von Moulagen, die nach Spiegelbildern des Nasenrachenraumes angefertigt sind. Verhandl. d. Ver. deutsch. Laryngolog., Wiirzb., 1909, 44-46.—Sieur & Rouvillois. Essai sur le developpement embryologique de la cavite nasopharyngienne. Arch, inter- nat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1912, xxxiii, 466; 792.—Stuart- Low (W.). L'ufficio della mucosa nasofaringea. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1924, xiv, 248-251.—Yearsley (M.). The naso- pharynx and its relation to other regions. Clin. J., Lond., 1911-12, xxxix, 377-384. Nasopharynx (Abnormities of). Heyse (H.). *Anomalien der Choanen und des Cavum pharyngo-nasale. 8°. Leipzig, 1900. Rossmann (A.). *Synechien und Atresien der Nase und des Pharynx. 8°. Wiirzburg. 1914. Abraham (J. H.). A case of complete atresia of the naso- pharynx. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1910, xx, 486-489.— Broeckaert. A propos d'un cas de rhino-pharyngocele. Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1910, xiii, 138-145.— Colver (B. N.). An interesting case of complete bilateral bony occlusion of the posterior nasal choanae. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, N. Bedford, Mass., 1920, xxvi, 276-286. —Lewis (D. M.). Relation and respective im- portance of defects of teeth and naso-pharynx; extensive clinical observations leading to conclusions varying from the dentists. Am. Physician, Phila., 1923, xxviii, 381-384.— Potter (C). A case of atresia of the naso-pharynx. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1908, xxiii, 77.—Rott (O. M.). Mem- branes and membrane formation in the nose and throat. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1913, cix, 12-15. Nasopharynx (Adenoid vegetations of). See, also, Mouth-breathing. Atkinson (D. T.). Adenoids and kindred perils of school life. 8°. New York [1914]. Becker (G.). Die adenoiden Vegetationen in der Nasenrachenhohle und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Schule. 8°. Osterwieck, 1909. Caroly (R.-H.). *Contribution a l'etude des vegetations adenoides dans les six premiers mois de la vie. 8°. Paris, 1927. Coolidge (A.). Adenoids and tonsils. 8°. Cambridge, 1916. Durif (M.). *Contribution a l'etude des vegetations adenoides chez les nourrissons. [Lyon.] 8°. Trevoux, 1911. Also in Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1912, xxxviii, pt. 2, 296-302. Peeters (E.). Les vegetations adenoides dams les arriere-fosses nasales. 8°. Lierre, 1907. Schinazi (F.). Considerations cliniques sur les polypes dits naso-pharyngiens. 8°. Bordeaux, 1917. Simpson (G. A. G.). Adenoid growths of the naso-pharynx. Diagnosis, symptoms, and treatment. 12°. London, 1904. Canuyt (G.). Les vegetations adenoides. Gaz. med. . . . de Strasb., 1922, lxxx, 438^44—Citelli(S.). Vegetazioni adenoidi. Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. golae d. naso, Firenze, 1909, xxvii, 102; 121. Also transl., Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc ], Par., 1909, xxviii, 43; 437; 818. Also reprint.—Crook- shank (F. G.). Adenoids. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, NASOPHARYNX 16 NASOPHARYNX Nasopharynx (Adenoid vegetations of)— continued. 1913, xx, 34-37.—Di Donato (D.). Sulla funzionalita renale (legh adenoidei. Rinasc. med., Napoli, 1925, ii, 7-9 — Donadei(G.). Studi sull'adenoidismo. Arch, ital.'di otol [etc.], Torino, 1924, xxxv, 338; 397; 1 pi.: 1925, xxxvi, 480—Feld- stein (E.). Les vegetations adenoides du nourrisson. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1923, xxxvii, 361-364. — Fox (C). Adenoids in young adults. J. South. M. Ass., Shreveport, La., 1909, i, 128-131—Jacques (P.). Notes de pratique sur l'adenoidisme et sur les mastoidites. Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1924, Iii, 470-472.—King (J. J.). Adenoids (pharyngeal tonsil): definition; synonyms; etiology; pathol- ogy; symptoms; prognosis; treatment; operation. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1915, xxviii, 333-341. Also reprint—Lepore (M.). Vegetazioni adenoidee del cavo naso-faringeo nei lat- tanti. Pensiero med., Milano, 1924, xiii, 241.—Levinstein (O.). Ueber die Verteilung der Drusen und des adenoiden Gewebes im Bereiche des menschlichen Schlundes. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1910, xxiv, 41-58.—Lewis (F. A.). Adenoids in adults. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1918, xxviii, 493-496.—McBean (G.). The adenoid stage. Clinique, Chicago, 1910, xxxi, 657-659— Maggiorotti (U.). La re- sistenza globulare negli adenoidei. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1924, xxxv, 32-41.—Oddone (V.). Contributo speri- mentale alio studio funzionale delle vegetazioni adenoidi. Morgagni, Milano, 1921, lxiii, pt. 1 (Arch.), 258-260.—Onodi (L.). Ueber die adenoiden Vegetationen der Sauglinge. Arch. f. Ohren-, Nasen- u. Kehlkopfh., Leipz., 1917, ci, 71- 79.—Page (J. D.). Les vegetations adenoides dans la pra- tique courante. Bull. med. de Quebec, 1915-16, xvii, 81-89.— Paine (A. H). Importance of recognition and treatment of adenoids. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1911, xi, 38-40 — Boy (L.-G.). Les vegetations adenoides de l'arriere-nez. Rev. med., Par., 1914, xxiv, 154-159.—Sargnon (A.), Gate (J.) & Durif (M.). Vegetations adenoides chez le nourris- son. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1911, lxxxiv, 1711-1715—Scott (G. D.). Adenoids in infancy, personal experiences. Post- Qraduate, N. Y., 1912, xxvii, 679-685—Smith (J. W.). Adenoid vegetations of the nasopharynx. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1912, xxii, 471-483—Sufie Medan (L.). Las vegetaciones adenoideas en los adultos. Rev. espan. de med. y cirug., Barcelona, 1920, iii, 238-241.—Tormene (E.). Sulla resistenza dei globuli rossi nelle vegetazioni adenoidi e nelle stenosi nasali. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.], 1908, Pavia, 1910, xii, pt. 2, 300—Van der Bogert (F.). The influence of diet on the growth and recurrence of adenoids. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1914, lxx, 124-127. Also N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1914, xiv, 327-330—Wills (Lucy) & Warwick (Joan). The adenoid child; a historical and clinical study. Quart. J. Med., Oxford, 1923-24, xvii, 162-170. 3 pi—Years- ley (M.). An investigation into the occurrence of adenoids in three of the London County Council Elementary Schools. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1910, vii, 61; 97. ----- What adenoids really mean to children. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1912, xxiv, 342-351. Nasopharynx (Adenoid vegetations of, Causes and pathology of). Coutaz (L.). *Contribution a l'etude histo- logique des polypes muqueux des fosses nasales. 8°. Lyon, 1912. Molly (C). *Ueber saurefeste Stabchen in hypertrophischen Gaumentonsillen und ade- noiden Vegetationen des Nasenrachenraumes. 8°. Bonn, 1912. Abrand (H.). Vegetations adenoides et syphilis. Rev. prat, d'obst. et de paediat., Par., 1911, xxiv, 21-27.—Armen- gaud. Les vegetations adenoides, manifestations de l'he- redo-tuberculose ou de l'heredo-syphilis. Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1921, xiii, 517-520.—Bilancionl (G.). La strut- tura delle vegetazioni adenoidi revisione di fatti e di teorie. Atti d. clin. oto-rino-laringoiat. d. r. Univ. di Roma (1911), 1912, ix, 203-243, 1 pi. ----- Sulla struttura delle vegeta- zioni adenoidi. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1914, xvii, 85-89.—Brisotto (P.). Sulle cause dell' adenoidismo. Ri- forma med., Napoli, 1922, xxxviii, 409-411.—Caliceti (P.). Su alcuni reperti isto-patologici di ipofisi centrale in case di vegetazioni adenoidi. Valsalva, Milano, 1925, i, 321-328, 1 pi.—Czerny (A.). Sind die adenoiden Wucherungen ange- boren? Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. & Wien, 1911, x, Orig., 162.—Delacour (J.). L'insuffisance thyroidienne et les vegetations adenoides. Med. mod., Par., 1910, xxi, 345.— De Villa (S.) & Misasi (M.). Sulla etiologia delle vegeta- zioni adenoidi congenite del cavo naso-faringeo. Gazz. med. napolet., 1922, v, 311-314.—Erdely (E.). Sind die adenoiden Wucherungen angeboren? Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1911, n. F., lxxiii, 611-629.—Fleischmann (O.). Zur physiologi- schen Bedeutung des adenoiden Gewebes. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1921, xlvii, 925.—Garcia Sola (E.). Localizaciones defensivas del tejido adenoide. Gac. med. catal., Barcel., 1911, xxxix, 121-128.—Girou (J.). Du vagotonisme ou du sympathicotonisme chez l'adenoldien. Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1925, xlvi, 499-509.—Lemere (H. B.). Adenoids and the pharyngeal bursa; their structure Nasopharynx (Adenoid vegetations of, Causes and pathology of)—continued. and morphology. Nebraska M. J., Norfolk, Nebr., 1925>*' 453-458.—Marfan (A. B.). Etude sur les vegetations ade- noides des nourrissons et plus particulierement sur leurs causes. Nourrisson, Par., 1917, v, 65-90—Merrall (H.). The essential causes of adenoids and their association witn rickets. Lancet, Lond., 1921, ii, 994-997. ----- Thei aetiol- ogy of adenoids. Ibid., 1922, i, 49— Monrad. [Adenoid veeetation and exudative lymphatic diathesis.] Hosp.-l id., K0benh., 1923, lxvi, 589-594.-Muls (C). Contribution a l'etude de la voute palatine ogivale et des vegetations ade- noides. Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1914, 4. s., xxviii 130-134.—Nleddu (S.). Osservazioni e considerazioni sulla varieta morfologica adenoidea e sull' etiologia dell'iper- plasia adenoidea. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1910, xxi, 488-499—Pilot (I.). The bacteriology of the adenoids. Proc. Inst. Med., Chicago, 1919-1921, iii, 195-201. ——- Diphtheria and diphtheroid bacilli of the adenoids, lr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1919-1921, xi, 225. ----- The bacteriol- ogy and histopathology of the adenoids. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1922-23, xxxi, 231-238.—Pilot.(I.) & Pearlman(S. J.). The streptococci and pneumococci of the adenoids. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1921, xi, 173-177.—Pistre (E ). Le facteur intoxication dans la genese des vegetations adenoides. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1912, u, 1-14 — Poppi (A.). Adenoidismus und Hypophyse. Zen- tralbl. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1909, viii, 1-13— Bamos Acosta (A A). Las vegetaciones adenoideas y el sistema hipofisa- rio. Med. ibera, Madrid, 1921, xv, 312.—Betterer (E.). Histogenese des amygdales et des vegetations adenoides. Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1913, xvi, 65-86.— Betterer (E.) & Lelievre (A.). Structure et histogenese des vegetations adenoides. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 199-201.—Bussl (P.). Contributo alia genesi del- 1' adenoidismo ed alle anomalie di conformazione del setto nasale e del mascellare superiore negli adenoidei. Pubb. d. Clin, oto-rino-laringoi. d. R. Univ. di Napoli (Suppl. all' Arch.ital. diotol. [etc.], 1925, ii, 5-79— Schmidt (V.). Onad- enoid growths and exudative-lymphatic diathesis. Acta Oto- laryngol., Stockholm, 1924, vi, 345-358— Simon (G.). Die adenoiden Wucherungen des Nasen-Rachenraumes in ihren Beziehungen zur Tuberkulose. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1911, xix, 417-430.—Valletta (F.). Rapporto fra tubercolosi e vegetazioni adenoidi. Studium, Napoli, 1923, xii,, 233-239.—Van der Bogert (F.). Diet as factor in the etiology of adenoids. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1921, xxxviii, 537. Also Med. Times, N. Y., 1922, 1, 76-78.—Visco (F.). Ade- noidismo ed anemia nei lattanti. Pediatria, Napoli, 1913, 2. s., xxi, 261-283.—Wikner (E.). Om adenoida vegetationer och tuberkulos. Hygiea, Stockholm, 1910, 2. f., x, 345-357. Nasopharynx (Adenoid vegetations of, Complications and sequelae of). See, also, Mouth-breathing. Delpech (P.). *L'audition chez les ad6- noidiens non otitiques (85 observations per- sonnelles); travail du service d'oto-rhino- larvngologie de l'hopital Lariboisiere. 8°. Paris, 1909. Elmerich (L.). * Vegetations adenoides chez le nourrisson; leur influence sur son d6- veloppement. 8°. Paris, 1906. Leblan (E.-A.). *Adenoidiens et appendi- culaires. 8°. Paris, 1914. Williams (L.). Adenoids, nocturnal enu- resis and the thyroid gland. 8°. London, 1909. Babonneix (L.). Acute adenoiditis. Monde Med., Par., 1916, xxvi, 293-295.—Barr (J. S.). The eSects of chronic nasal obstruction during childhood upon the growth of the teeth and jaws. Med. Mag., Lond., 1910, xix, 456-462 — Brisotto (P.). Ricerche sulla funzionalita della tiroide negli adenoidei. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], 1922, xxxiii, suppl., 73-98.—Bryant (Alice G.). Streptococcic infections of the pharyngeal adenoid tissue in adults. Med. Woman's J., Cincin., 1920, xxvii, 279-281— Calderin (A. M.). Enuresis nocturna curada por legrado de vegetaciones adenoides. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1918, cxix, 33-36 — Citelli. Sulla frequenza negli adenoidei della sindrome psi- chica da me messa in rilievo. Riv. ital. di neuropat. [etc.], Catania, 1921, xiv, 260-268.—Colyer (J. F.). Adenoids and the feeding of infants in relation to the growth of the jaws. Brit. J. Dent. Sc, Lond., 1909, Iii, 49-66.—Cor win (A. M.). The relation of adenoids and tonsils to mental deficiency. J. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol., Chicago, 1914, viii, 388-394 — Coulter (C. F.). Evil effects of small adenoids. J. Minn.M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap., 1911, n. s., xxxi, 187.—DelneuvlUe. Arythmie cardiaque guerie par l'ablation de vegetations ade- noides. Scalpel, Liege, 1912-13, lxv, 583-586.—Hnls (L.). Zur Kasuistik des reflektorischen Einflusses der adenoiden Wucherungen. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1909, 533-538. - Fein (J.). Ueber die Pathogenese zweier Komplikationen NASOPHARYNX 17 NASOPHARYNX Nasopharynx (Adenoid vegetations of, Complications and sequelae of)—contd. nach Adenotomie. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1913, xlvii, 138-148.—Ferreri (G.). II sistema nervoso vegetativo negli adenoidei. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1921, ii, 533-556.—Freeman (R. G.). The results of the presence of adenoids in infancy. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1921, xxi, 50-52.—Garbini (G.). Adenoidismo e disturbi psichici. Ann. d. manic, prov. di Perugia, 1914, viii, 3-60.—Gratiot (H. B.). Tonsils and adenoids, in their relation to general systemic infections. J. Iowa State M. Soc, Washington, 1914-15, iv, 427-433. [Discussion], 437^41.—Herzlg (A. J.). Sequelae of adenoids. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, lxxxix, 267- 270.—Hlllman (M. G.). Adenoids and their effects upon the growth of the child. Dental Summary, Toledo, 1913, xxxiii, 217-228.—Holinger (J.). Case of high degree of retraction of the posterior half of the drum head as a consequence of old adenoids. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1916, xxv, 1082-1086.—Hutehinson (W.). The effect of adenoids upon growth. Am. Orthodont., Kansas City, 1910-11, ii, 169-176.—Killen (W. M.). Adenoids and asthenopia. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, ii, 879.—King (J. J.). Adenoids; their effects upon the general system. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1911-12, xv, 628-632. ----- Adenoids; their role in prophy- laxis in diseases of children. South. M. J., Nashville, 1912, v, 198-202.—Kiser (J. D.). Adenoids; the cause of the deformed alveolar arch. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1909-10, viii, 1427-1430.—Koppel (J.). Adenoids and their influence upon the mental condition of the patient. J. Med. Soc N. Jersey, Orange, 1910-11, vii, 337-340.—Leale. Adenoidi e nevrite ottica retro-bulbare. Policlin., Roma, 1924, xxxi, sez. prat., 1300.—Lewis (C. F.). Tonsillitis and adenoids in their relation to other diseases; a review of 200 cases. Journal. Lancet, Minneap., 1913, xxxiii, 44-46.—Malouf. Vegeta- tions adenoides et leur influence sur les facultes intellectuelles des eleves. Union mfed. du Canada, Montreal, 1917, xlvi, 38-42.—Martin (T. M.). Adenoids and enlarged tonsils. Clin. J., Lond., 1913-14, xiii, 329-335.—Martinez Santalo (A.). De algunas complicaciones de las vegetaciones adenoi- deas. Arch, de ginecop. [etc.], Barcel., 1914, xxvii, 185-191.— Matthews (G. F. C). Adenoids and their influence on the permanent dentition. Midland M. J., Birmingh., 1915, xiv, 53-55.—Messmer (C). The effect of adenoids upon denti- tion. Milwaukee M. J., 1909, xvii, 133-136.—Nobecourt & Aptekmant. Vegetations adenoides, adenopathies tracheo- bronchiques et tuberculose. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1909, 3. s., xxvi, 692-697.— Palumbe'(V.). Ueber den psychischen Symptomenkomplex Citellis bei adenoiden Wucherungen. Ztschr. f. Hals-, Nasen- u. Ohrenh., Miin- chen & Berl., 1924, ix, 130-133.—Price (J. W.). The relation of adenoids to facial deformities. Memphis M. Month., 1910, xxx, 121-124.—Raimondl (R.). L'adeno'idite aigue au cours de la premiere et de la seconde enfance. Presse mfid., Par., 1919, xxvii, 461.—Bendu (R.). Troubles phonetiques consG- cutifs a l'adenoidectomie (a propos d'un "cas de paralysie hysteriquedu voile). Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1921, xiii, 412-419.—Rodriguez Vargas (A.). Las enfermedades del ofdo y las vegetaciones adenoideas. Clin, castellana, Valla- dolid, 1914, viii, 348-353.— Rosenthal (G.) & Cheville (J.). L'adgnoidite posterieure; foyer initial d'infections generales dites sans localization; diagnostic par le cytodiagnostic histo- bacteriologique; reductions therapeutiques. Paris med., 1917, xx, 348.—Salinger (S.). Acute lacunar adenoiditis. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1922-23, xxxi, 220- 224.—Sargnon. Un cas de guerison de cephalees rebelles et d'amelioration optique par 1 'ablation des vegetations. Lyon med., 1924, cxxxiv, 515.—Schleissner. Adenoitis acuta ein Beitrag zur Lehre vom Driisenfieber. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. & Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 1374.—Schleissner (F.). Adenoiditis chronica. Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1922-23, lxxii, 282-293.—Schreiber (G.). Les formes trainantes, astheniques des rhino-pharyngo-adenoidites de l'enfance. Medecine, Par., 1923-24, v, 873-877.—Scott (G. D.). Ade- noids, chronic conjunctivitis, photophobia. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1919, xix, 374-377—Simpson (W. V). Symp- toms and effects of adenoids. J. Tenn. M. Ass., Nashville, 1910-11, iii, 53-57.—Smith (E.). A little-recognized conse- quence of adenoid growths. Practitioner, Lond., 1910, lxxxiv, 67-73.—Stauflfer (N. P.). Cervical adenitis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, c, 705-709—Steiner (R.). Beitrag zur Histo- logic und Klinik der Rachenmandel; fiber chronische Ade- noiditis. Verhandl. d. Ver. deutsch. Laryngolog., Wiirzb., 1914, xxi, 391-403, 2 pi.—Tantorri (D.). II tessuto ipofisario del faringe o le vegetazioni adenoidee hanno valore nell' asma riflessa? Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1910, xxviii, 25-30.—Taylor (G. B.). Adenoids in school children and their effect on the general system. Med. Rec- ord, N. Y., 1912, lxxxi, 315.—Torrinl (L.). Adenoidismo. Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1922, xl, 97-106.—Vitto-Massel (R.). Le affezioni dell' orecchio nel- 1' adenoidismo. Atti d. clin. oto-rino-laringoiat. d. r. Univ. di Roma (1912), 1913, x, 549-671, 2 pi—Weber (G.). De l'aprosexie des adenoidiens. Med. scolaire, Par., 1911, iv, 265-273. Also Pediatric prat., Lille, 1911, ix, 589-592 — Williams (D. B.). Adenoids and oral deformities. Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc, 1909, Wilkes-Barre, 1910, xvii, 127-141. 85596°—28----2 Nasopharynx (Adenoid vegetations of, Diagnosis and semeiology of). See, also, Mouth-breathing. Preyers (K.). *Ist der Engstand der Milchschneidezahne vor dem Zahnwechsel symptomatisch fiir behinderte Nasenatmung bei adenoiden Vegetationen? 8°. Bonn, 1922. Bakker (B.). Le grincement des dents, symptome presque certain de vegetations adenoides. Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1924, xiv, 708-711.—Benjamins (C. E.). Zahne- knirschen und adenoide Vegetationen. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Wiesb., 1915, lxxii, 151: 1917, Orig., lxxiv, 173.----- Grinding the teeth a pretty sure symptom of adenoid growths. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1922, xxxii, 223-227.—Burger (H.). Das adenoide Gesicht; eine pharyngologische Causerie. Bibliot. f. Lseger, K0benh., 1914, 8. R., xv, 145-166—Castex (A.). Les faux adenoidiens. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1920, lxxxiv, 278-281— Collet (F.-J.) & Bebattu (J.). La tension arterielle chez les adenoidiens. Lyon med., 1923, cxxxii, 905-907.—Courtade (A.). Le facies dit adenoidien est loin d'etre pathognomonique. Med. scolaire, Par., 1920, ix, 6-13.—Dabney (V.). Some conditions leading to incorrect diagnosis of adenoids in children. Boston M. & S. J., 1917, clxxvi, 875-877. Also Wash. M. Ann., 1917, xvi, 165-171 — Di Donato (D.). Di alcune ricerche ematologiche negli adenoidei. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1925, xxxvi, 164-174. •----- Sul comportamento della reazione di Was- sermann negli adenoidei. Ibid., 537-549.—D'Onofrio (F.). Alterazioni ematologiche negli adenoidei. Ibid., 1921, xxxii, 198-203.—Garzia (R.). Valore della cutireazione negli ade- noidei. Ibid., 282-284.—Grandy (C. C). Roentgeno- graphic demonstration of adenoids. Am. J. Roentgenol., N. Y., 1925, n. s., xiv, 114.—Hays (H). The diagnosis of adenoids in children and in adults. J. Ophth. & Oto- Laryngol., Chicago, 1909, iii, 311-317.—Kahn (A.). An adenoidoscope or soft palate retractor. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1920, xxx, 163.—Laboure (J.). La respiration chez 1'adenoidien. Clin. prat. med.-chir. de path, [etc], Par., 1911, vii, 106-109.—Maffeo (L.). L'esplorazione della fun- zione ipoflsaria negli adenoidei. Studium, Napoli, 1923, xiii, 346-349.—Mensi (E.). Sur un syndrome constitutionnel ade- noidien commun dans l'enfance. Arch, de m6d. d. enf., Par., 1925, xxviii, 167-169—Orendorff (O.). Clinical manifesta- tions of adenoids in adults. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 1013.—Schmidt (V.). [Blood picture of a child with adenoids.] Hosp.-Tid., Kj0benh., 1921, lxiv, Dansk Oto- laryngol, selsk. forh., 116-119.—Sumpter (W. D.). The sig- nificance and diagnosis of adenoids. Dental Reg., Cincin., 1911, lxv, 475-491.—Traina (S.). La reazione di Schick negli adenoidei. Policlin., Roma, 1923, xxx, sez. prat., 1617-1621.— Yankauer (Grace P.). The value of early diagnosis and treatment of adenoids. Woman's M. J., Cincin., 1910, xx, 93-95. Nasopharynx (Adenoid vegetations of, Treatment of). Day (J. R.). Adenoids treated without operation. 2. ed. 8°. London, 1912. Faulkneb (R. B.). Tonsils and adenoids; treatment and cure from the standpoint of the physician and laryngologist in preference to that of the surgeon and laryngiectomist. 8°. Pittsburgh [1915]. Feldstein (E.). *Traitement des vegeta- tions adenoides des nourrissons. 8°. Paris, 1917. Poppi (A.). Considerations pathologiques et therapeutiques sur l'hypertrophie de l'amyg- dale pharyngee; ses rapports avec l'hypo- physe, (analyses en anglais, espagnol et italien). 8°. Paris, 1921. Monograph, oto-rhino-laryng. internat. No. 2. Rigatjt (J.-L.-E.). *L'Evolution de la croissance chez les adenoidiens. Resultats eloigned de la reeducation respiratoire. 8°. Paris, 1918. Burton (C. H). Adenoids and their treatment. Detroit M. J., 1909, ix, 436-440— Campbell (H). The aetiology, prevention, and non-operative treatment of adenoids. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1919, xvi, 140-144.—Campbell (H.), Cautley (E.) [et al.]. Discussion on the etiology, preven- tion, and non-operative treatment of adenoids. Proc Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1918-19, xii, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 26-46.—Carter (W. W.). Adenoids in infancy; the impor- tance of early treatment. Med. J. & Rec, N. Y., 1924, cxx, p. clxxvii.—Costlniu (A.). Le resultat du procede employe en Roumanie pour combattre les vegetations adenoides dans NASOPHARYNX 18 NASOPHARYNX Nasopharynx (Adenoid vegetations of, Treatment of)—continued. les ecoles primaires, urbaines et rurales. Arch, internat de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1911, xxxii, 452-457— Donelan L). some suggested alternatives to operation for adenoids and enlarged tonsils in young children. Proc. Roy. Soc Med , Lond., 1918-19, xii, Sect. Laryngol., 216-220— Freeman and its treatment. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 605- W7.—Guthrie T.). The recurrence of adenoids. Lancet, Lond., 1912. i, io"4 —Laboure J.). La reeducation respira- toire chez l'adfnoidien. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1911, xxxi, i> .5-468— Natter (M.). Fausses recidives de vegetations adenoide? chez lenfmt et gymnastk:ue respira- toire. Med. inf., Par., 1914, xi, 61-65.—Or mist on (Isabel). A device for prevention and treatment of adenoid?. Lancet, Lond., 19>. ii, 240— Bichard-C hauvin I. >. Les tumeurs adenoides: etiologie et syrnpton.e?. traitement car;:'' et defi- nitif sansmterventioncbJrurgicale odonfolnj-.e. Par , 1922, Ix, "• ■-■' j — Roos (E.). Om behsndlir.senaf adenoida vegetationer med jodkalium invirtes. F-.n-k--. !'fc-sallsk. handl . Helsingfors, 1912, i, 146-14> —Schleissner (F.). A den' lidit is, adenoide Vegetationen und exsudative Diathese. Med. Klin.. Berl., 1925. xxi, 841-«43 — Sheppard (J. E.). A ['lea for the prevention of adenoids. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn. 1910, iv, 330-334 — Van Meenen (C). Education ;>hy?ique et vegetations adenoides. Ann. Soc. de med. de | land, 1911. n. s.. ii, 274-287.—Ward (E.). The treatment of adenoids and tonsils. Practitioner, Lond., 1913, xc, 567- 57>5.—Whalen (C. J.). Importance of early recognition of pathologic conditions of adenoids and tonsils, and treatment of same. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1912, xxii, 366-382 — Witherbee (W. D.). X-ray treatment of tonsils and ade- noids associated with exophthalmic goitre and tubercular glands. Am. J. Electrotherap. & Radiol., N". Y., 1921, xxxix, 229-231. Also N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1921, xxi, 14-18 — Younger (C. B.). Public agitation and some unnecessary adenectomies. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 111. Nasopharynx (Adenoid vegetations of, Treatment of, Operative). Saurez de Mendoza. Diagnostic et traite- ment des vegetations adenoides. Etude sur la necessite d'une intervention radicale et oppor- tune et des funestes consequences de cette affection abandonnee a elle-meme. Preface de Duplay. 8s. Paris, 1906. Alexander >G. J.). Infiltration anaesthesia for removing adenoid?. J. Ophth., Otol. & Laryngol., N. Y., 1917, xxiii, 157-166.—Ay rnard J. L.). The removal of adenoid growths. Lancet, Lond . 1916, i, 1251-1255.—Beck (J. C). Removal of adenoid? bv direct inspection. Ann Otol., Rhinol. & Laryn- gol., St. Louis. 1913. xiii, 273-280, 11 pi— Birkholz. Bemer- kungen tar Frage der Anasthesie und Instrumentation bei der Abtragung von Gaumen- und Rachenmandel. Med. Klin., Berl., 1922, xviii, 1433-1435— Blegrad (X. R.). Om operation for adenoide vegetationer. Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1909, 5. R., ii, 1341-1344.— Boureau. De l'ablation a chaud des vegetations adenoides dans le coursde leurs complications. Gaz. med. du centre, Tours, 1909, xiv, 41-45. ----- Adeno- tomie; indications; manuel operatoire; traitement consecutif. Ibid., 1912, xvii, 150-163.—BrindeL Indications de l'adeno- tomie chez le nourrisson. J. de mM. de Bordeaux, 1925, lv, 697-699— Brindel • : of ade- noids. Brit.M. J., Lond . 1-v.o.,. 147-Jeirey i.W.). The surgical requirements of the naso-pharyngeal a :> n id. l^a- ryngoscope, St. Louis, 1920, xxx, o97-700.—Kellc.v (L If.). Observations of adenoids removed with a din'it vision adenotome. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol.. St. Louis, 1923-24, xxxii, 1053-1060,11 pi.—Keraudren. Polype fibreux naso-pharyngien volumineux; operation par voie naturelle; guerison. Clinique, Par., 1912, vii, 51S — Landolfl (M.). D tirage nelle vegetazioni adenoidee. Gazz. med. sicu., Ca- tania 1923, xxvi, 161-163—Lautmann. Zur Anasthesie bei der adenotomie. Ztschr. f. Laryngol., Rhinol. [etc.], W firzb. 1910, iii, 357-367—Layton (T. B.). Tonsils and adenoids in children: a plea for fewer operations. Tr. M. Soc., Lond., 1913-14, xxxvii, 244-2.54.—Lemariey. Vegetations adenoides congenitales; occlusion osseuse de la choane droite chez un bebe de 30 jours; operation, guerison. Normandie med., Rouen, 1922, xxxiii, 107.—de Levie (D. J.). Ein neuer Poly- penschnureransatz. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl., 1916, 1, 401-403— McClananan (H. M). Why does the operation for removal of adenoids frequently fail to relieve mouth breathing? Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1913, xxx, 727-731 — Midler (C.) & Neumann (H.). Ueber die Resultate un- serer Adenotomien bei Kindern. M. Kassowitz . . . Fest- schr., Berl., 1912, 237-241—NUdttne (V.). Les adenoides, indications et methodes d'exstirpation. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1911, txtj, 357-369. Also transl., Russ. med. Rundschau, Berl., 1912, x, 35; 89.—C^Meara (J. M.). Note on a case of adenoids associated with albuminuria and casts in the urine; removal of adenoids followed by disappear- ance of the urinary changes. Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 1204.— Perretiere (A.). Les indications operatoires des vegetations adenoides. Gaz. med. beige, Liege, 1913-14, xxvi, 72-74 — Ribadeau-Dumas. Les vegetations adenoides; le depis- tage des adenoidiens. Infirmiere franc., Par., 1923, i, 100— 106—Boyler & Ttssle (P.). Du developpement thoracique par la gymnastique respiratoire apres 1'operation adenol- dienne. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1908, xxxiv, 1-21.—Siems. Reeducation de la respiration nasale chez l'enfant; apres l'ablation des vegetations adenoides. Cong, internat. de physiother. C.-r. 1910, Par., 1911, iii, 111- 114— Stirling (A. W). Early operation for adenoids. Atlanta Jour.-Rec. Med., 1908-9, x, 68-71— Sturm (F. P.). A note on adenoidectomy. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1924, xxxix, 491,1 pi.—Tod (H.). Removal of adenoids in infancy. Prac- tationer, Lond., 1920, cv, 335-339.—Van Meenen (C). Education physique et vegetations adenoides. Belgique med., Gand, 1911, xviii, 495-499.—Vetter (H.). Quelques mots sur les vegetations adenoides et de leur traitement post- operatoire. Ann. Soc. de med. phvs. d'Anvers, 1905, iii, 115-121.—Warner (F.). Development of the pharynx by muscular exercises after operation for adenoids, with special reference to feeble-minded children. Lancet, Lond., 1913, ii, 1758.—Wicatt. Le traitement medical des adenoidiens. Medecin prat., Par., 1909, v, 661; 677.—Williams (L.). A nasal drill in the treatment of adenoids. Lancet, Lond., 1918 ii, 405.— Zahorsky (J.). Does removal of adenoid vegeta! tions prevent acute disease of the middle ear? Laryngoscope St. Louis, 1921, xxxi, 22-26.—Zaun (G. F.). Pharyngeal adenoids and tonsils. Milwaukee M. J., 1909, xvii, 263-266 Nasopharynx (Adenoid vegetations of, Treatment of, Operative)—^Complica- tions and sequelae. Bailey (F. W.). Hemorrhage following the adenoid opera- tion. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1924,-25, xxxiii, 1327-1330.—Bouteil(Jeanne). Troiscasd'adherences du voile du palais au pharynx consecutives a l'ablation de vegetations adenoides. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larvnx [etc.], Par., 1909, xxxv, pt. 2, 743-746.—Delsaux (V.). Acci- dents et complications post-adenectomiques. Presse Oto- laryngol, beige, Brux., 1910, ix, 529-545.—Fanas (A.) <>l. - pl-~ Garrison (P. E.). U. S. Naval Medical School Labora- tories; the Naval Medical School collections. Ibid., 1912, vi, 69-72.—Grady (R.). The dentist in the United Slates Navy. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 1515-1520. Higbec (Lenah S.). Work of the Navy Nurse Corps. Proc. Nat. League Nurs. Educ, Bait., 1919, xxv, 126-135.—Holcomb (R. C). First aid in the Navy. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1916, lix, 8-14. -----■ The NaVy and its relation to the med- ical profession in time of war. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, lxviii, 1095-1100.—Hospital Corps (The) school at the Uni- versity of Minnesota. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1918, Suppl. No. 6,18, 8 pi.—Kerr (W. M.). Methods of instruct- ing hospital corpsmen. Ibid., 1921, xv, 302-308. ----- Duties of medical officers and hospital corpsmen on shore patrol in a foreign country. Ibid., n. s., v. suppl., No. 4, 29-34.—Kirwan (B. E.). Quantico and Guantanamo. Ibid., 1918, Suppl. No. 6, 29-31.—Loveall CB. F.). The possi- bilities of a dental branch of the Hospital Corps. Ibid., 1921, xv, 118-120.—Lowndes (C. H. T.). Recruiting in the Navy. Mil. Surgeon, Wash., 1912, xxx, 560-564.—McCullougb (F. E.). The training of a Navy hospital corps man. Ibid., 1916, xxxix, 31-35.—Martin (R.). Training hospital corps- men at civil hospitals in greater New York. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1918, Suppl. No. 6, 25-28, 12 pi—Mayo (C. A.). The fleet surgeon; his duties, his responsibilities, and his status in the United States Navy. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1919, cix, 729.—Odell (H. E.). Problems of the medical officer of the Navy. Illinois M. J., Chicago, 1918, xxxiii, 216- 218.—Phelps (J. R.). Medical department records, mor- bidity reports, and vital statistics of the Navy. Am. J. Pub. Health, Concord, N. H., 1918, viii, 442-451.— Pugh (W. S.). The instruction of the hospital corps aboard ship. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1919, Suppl. No. 11, 59-66, 2 pi — Ransdell (R. C). The United States Naval Hospital and Medical School. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1917, cv, 817-821 — Baynor (S. N.). Functions and organization of medical corps units serving with the Marine Corps in the field. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1922, xvii, 394-402.— Richards (T. W.). The organization and equipment of naval hospital units. Ibid., 1918, xii, 184-195.—Saylor (W. M.). Some ex- periences of a pharmacist as one of the enlisted personnel of the Navy. Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1918, xc, 505-507.—Stitt (E. R.). Contributions of the Medical Corps, United States Navy, to American medicine. Ann. Clin. Med., Bait., 1924-25, iii, 747-760—Stokes (C. F.) & Neilson (J. L.). Oc- cupational hygiene in the Nav v. Med. Times, N. Y., 1912, xl, 125-127. Navyazhski (G. L.). Kratkiy kurs akushorstva; konspekt dlya ekzamenov. Sostavlen po novlelshemu izd. rukovodstva akushorstva M. Runge. [Brief course of obstetrics; conspect for examinations. Compiled after the latest edition of Runge's manual of obstetrics.] 144 pp. 12°. Kiyev [I. I. Chokoloff], 1907. ---- The same, vi, 219 pp. 8°. Peterburg & Kiyev, 1910. ---- Patologiya i terapiya; obshtshaya patolo- giya, chastnaya patologiya i terapiya; kratkiy povtoritelniy kurs dlya ekzamenov. Sostavlen primlenitelno k programinTe akushorsko-feld- sherskikh i zubovrachebnikh shkol. [Pathol- ogy and therapy; general pathology, special pathology, and therapy; brief compend for ex- aminations. Compiled according to the pro- gram of schools for midwives, feldshers, and dentists.] ii, 152 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1910. ---- Kratkoye rukovodstvo po ginekologii. [Brief manual of gynecology.] iv, 155 pp. 8°. Peterburg & Kiyev, 1911. Nawitzky (Carl Edmund) [1881- ]. *Ein Fall von Appendicitis im Bruchsack bei einem neunwochigen Kinde. 13 pp. 8°. Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1907. Nawrath (Richard) [1889- ]. *Ein Betrag zur Behandlung ovarieller Krankheitsbilder mit Corpus luteum-Praparaten. 47 pp. 8° Breslau, 1919. von NAWROCKI von Nawrocki (Boleslaus) [1866- ]. *Ueber den Einfluss von Herzfehlern auf die Schwan- gerschaft nebst Betrachtungen iiber die Therapie dieser Komplikationen. 31 pp., 2 1. 8°. Greifswald, H. Adler, 1906. Nawrottek (Apollonius). *Ueber kiinstliche Reifung immaturer Katarakte. 20 pp., 1 1. 8°. Heidelberg, 1916. Naylor (Herbert E.) & Temple (Mollie). Mod- ern physical education; including exercises with and without apparatus, marching, games [etc.]. x, 317 pp. 8°. London, A. Melrose, 1920. Naylor (Walter Williams) [1865-1905]. Obituary. Alumni Reg. Univ. Penn., Phila., 1905-6, x, 460. Nayrac (Jean-Paul). Grandeur et misere de la femme; etudes de psychologie normale et pathologique de la femme dans la soci6te\ 171 pp. 12°. Paris, A. Michalon, 1905. ---- Physiologie et psychologie de F attention; evolution, dissolution, reeducation, Education. 2. ed. 1 p. 1., xii, 238 pp. 8°. Paris, 1914. Nayrolles (Jean-Jacques) [1888- ]. *Essai de justification des methodes conservatrices dans la chirurgie des annexes uterines. 54 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1913. No. 58. de Nayville (Paul). *Evolution et traitement de la m&iingite ce>ebro-spinale epidemique. 243 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910. No. 125. Naz (Gaspard-J.-M.) [1883- ]. *Les pento- nites puerperales. [Lyon.] Ill pp. 8°. Villeurbanne, 1913. No. 90. Nazaroff (Ivan Stepanovich) [1868- ]. *Kri- ticheskiya i eksperimentalniya danniya k ucheniyu o pronitsayemosti kishechnol stlenki dlya bakteriy. [Critical and experimental data on the penetrability of the intestinal wall to bacteria.] 1 p. 1., ii, 262 pp., 21. 8°. S.-Peter- burg, V. Ya. Milshtein, 1908. Nazim (Eumer). *Le role de 1'hyperglycemic dans le diabete sucre au point de vue du pro- nostic. 125 pp. 8°. Lausanne, 1916. Nazim (Hamid) . *De l'infection en chirurgie et son traitement par le serum de petit. 192 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906. No. 359. Neale (Adam) [ -1832]. Travels through some parts of Germany, Poland, Moldavia, and Turkey, xiii, 295 pp., 11 pi. roy. 4°. London, Longman, Hurst, [et al.], 1818. Neame (Humphrey) & Williamson-Noble (F. A.). A handbook of ophthalmology, xii, 312 pp. 8°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 1927. Neapolitan ski (Ivan Vasilyevich) [1877- ]. *0 vliyanii radiya na Prowazek-Greef'ovskiya epitelialniya vklyucheniya i na nielotoriya bak- terialniya formi konyunktivalnavo mleshka. [Influence of radium upon the Prowazek-Greef epithelial inclusions and upon certain bacterial forms of the conjunctival sac] 132 pp., 2 1. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1911. Neatby (Edwin Andas) [1858- ] & Neatby (T. Miller). A manual of tropical diseases and hygiene for missionaries. Foreword by Sir James Cantlie. xix, 687 pp., 16 pi., 1 ch. 8°. London, J. Bale, Sons & Danielsson, 1923. Neate (John S.). The etiology and pathology of bilateral polycystic degeneration of the kid- neys; based on a study of 10 specimens in the Army Medical Museum. 21 pp. 8°. New York, W. Wood & Co., 1909. Neau (Georges-Jean-Baptiste) [1887- ]. *Es- sai sur la contagiosity de la rougeole chez le nouveau-ne" et le nourrisson et ses allures clin- iques. 87 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1913. No. 63. NECHAYEFF Neau (Henry) [1886-• ]. *L'hydrorrhee en dehors de la grossesse. 31 pp. 8°. Paris, 1919. No. 57. Nebel (Adolf). *Ueber die Verstarkung des Septum recto-vaginale. [Heidelberg.] 32 pp. 8°. Karlsruhe, G. Braun, 1880. Nebel (Hermann) [1853- ]. Riedinger (J.). Erinnerung an Hermann Nebel. Arch. f. Orthop. [etc.], Wiesb., 1911, x, 262-268. Nebel (Ludwig) [1888- ]. *Zur Frage der Osteoplastik. 8 pp. 8°. Giessen, O. Kindt, 1922. Nebel (Walter Karl) [1876- ]. *Ein Fall von traumatischem Angioma meningeale venosum des linken Stirnhirnes mit besonderer Beruck- sichtigung des Ausganges von Schadeltraumen in Geschwulste und in Porencephalie. [Frei- burg i. B.] 35 pp. 8°. Elberfeld, A. Martini & Gruttefien, 1905. Nebendahl (Max) [1884- ]. *Zur forensi- schen Beurteilung des Querulantenwahns. 31 pp. 8°. Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1917. Neber (Peter Wilhelm Andreas) [1883- 1. *Zur Kenntnis der o- und m-Halogenaniline. 37 pp. 8°. Erlangen, E. T. Jacob, 1910. Nebeskoff-Wassermann (Glykel Katharina). *Ueber pneumo-peritoneale Fisteln. 26 pp. 8°. Bern, 1909. Nebesky (Oskar). Einige Betrachtungen iiber Bauchhohlenoperationen mit einem Riickblick auf 1,100 ventrale Laparotomien an der Ins- brucker Universitatsfrauenklinik. In Samml. klin. Vortr., Leipz., 1910, n. F., No. 587 (Gy- nak., No. 211). Nebolyuboff (Ye. I.). Ob izmleneniyakh mor- fologicheskavo sostava krovi pri bleshenstvle. [Alterations in the morphological composition of the blood in hydrophobia.] 2 p. 1., 172 pp., 1 1. 8°. Tomsk, 1912. Bound with Izviest. Imp. Tomsk. Univ., 1913, xlix. Nebout (Bertrand-Louis-Jean-Henri) [1882- ]. *Etude m6dico-sociale de quelques causes de l'hyponatalite\ 71 pp., 5 pi. 8°. Bordeaux, 1910. No. 60. Nebout (Jean) [1902- ]. *Les rayons ultra- violets dans le traitement des adenopathies tuberculeuses. 80 pp. 8°. Paris, 1926. No. 362. Neboux (Frederic). *Contribution a l'etude des h^morrhagies surr6nales dans les infections et intoxications aigues. 84 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905. No. 509. Nebraska Dental Journal, v. 5, 1917-18. 8°. Lincoln. Nebraska State Medical Journal. [Monthly.] v. 1-13, 1916-1928. 8°. Omaha; Norfolk, Nebr. Nebroni (Francois) [1898- ]. Contribution a l'6tude des Amissions sanguines suivies de restitution globulaire. 39 pp., 2 1. 8°. Paris, 1926. No. 46. Necator americanus. See Hookworm. Nechayeff (Aleksandr Afanasyevich) [1845- ]. [Biography.] Russk. Vrach., S.-Peterb., 1910, ix, 1613- 1770, port. Nechayeff (Aleksandr P.). Ocherk psikkhologii dlya vospitatelel i uchitelel. [Psychology for educators and teachers.] 4. ed. 352 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, P. P. Solkin, 1911. Nechayeff (Mikhail Vasilyevich) [1875- ]. *K voprosu o morfologicheskikh izmleneniyakh limfaticheskikh uzlov pri rakovikh opuko- X ECHAYEFF 32 NE'JK Nechayeff (Mikhail Vasflyevich)—continued. lyakh. [Morphological alterations in the lymphatic glands in cancer.] 149 pp., 11., 1 pi. 8°. S.-Peterburg, A. Rozen, 1912. Nechitch (Alexandre R.) [1898- ]. *Scorbut infantile; aspect radiographique; r^sultats eloigned. 18 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Paris, 1924. No. 155. Nechitch (Andr<5). *Sur les ferments de deux levains de l'lnde: le mucor praini et le dema- tium chodati. Action des sels sur la fermenta- tion alcoolique. 36 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Geneve, H. Kiindig, 1904. Nechitch (Stevan-R.) [1897- ]. *Hyste>ec- tomie perineale. (Procede de M. le Professeur Cuneo.) Indications, technique, resultats. 83 pp. 8°. Paris, 1923. No. 302. Nechkovitch (Ivan-O.) [1899- ]. *Valeur semeiologique des reactions d ordre serologique ou hematologique ou des reactions vasculaires spontan6es ou provoquees de la peau, notam- ment du ph£nomene d'extinction dans le diagnostic de la scarlatine. 82 pp. 8°. Paris. 1924. No. 53. Nechkovitch (Miloutine). *Hematolyse et oxyhSmoglobine cristallis^e. 15 pp. 8°. Lausanne, A.-A. Leman, 1921. Nechkovitch-Voutchetitch (Yelitza). *Re- cherches exp Crimen tales sur les reflexes cardio- mod^rateurs. 15 pp. 8°. Lausanne, S.-A. Leman, 1921. Neck. See, also, Artery (Carotid); Larynx; Lym- phatic glands (Cervical); Spine (Cervical); Sterno-cleido-mastoid muscle; Throat; Trachea; Vein (Jugular). Froehner (R.). Zur Morphologie und Anatomie der Halsanhange beim Menschen und bei den Ungulaten. 4°. Stuttgart, 1907. Allen (I. O.). The prophylactic and therapeutic impor- tance of powerful cervical muscles. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1910, civ, 156-158.—Allis (E. P.). The branchial, pseudo- branchial and carotid arteries in Heptanchus (Notidanus) cinereus. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1912, xii, 478-492.—Cottalorda (J.). Lames vasculaires et topographie cervicale. Marseille med., 1922, lix, 1061-1074— Huber (E.). Ueberreste des Sphincter colli profundus beim Menschen. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1918, li, 480-492.—Kohn (A.). Glandula insularis cer- vicalis? Ibid., 1914, xlvii, 479.—Magnus (R.) & de Kleijn (A.). Die Abhangigkeit des Tonus der Nackenmuskeln von der Kopfstellung. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1912, cxlvii 403-416.—Nagy (A.). Ein Fall von Hemmungsbildung in der Mittellinie des Halses. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1918, lxviii, 740.—Pabis (E.) & Ricci (G.). Di una variazione dei muscoli pellicciaj del collo. Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1907, xviii, 197-200— Roesch (W.). EinGefassscheidenmus- kel am Hals. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1914, xliv, 366-368—Sabus- sow (N. P.). Zur Frage nach der Innervation des Schlund- kopfes und der Speiserohre der Saugetiere. Ibid., 1913, xliv, 64-69, 1 pi.—Strong (R. M.). Comparative studies of the neck muscles of vertebrates. Anat. Record, Phila., 1915, ix, 128— Todd (T. W.) & Todd (C. G.). The sterno- and brachiocephalic muscles and their nerve-supply, with special reference to the ulgulata. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1912, xiii, 71-79. Neck (Abnormities and deformities of). See, also, Neck (Snapping); Spasm (Nod- ding) ; Torticollis. Biesalski (K.). Zur Klinik des ossaren Schiefhalses. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. orthop. Chir., 9. Kong., Stuttg., 1910, 83-92— Bilancloni (G.). Residuocartilagineo congenito della regione antero-laterale del collo, di origine bronchiale. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1914, xvii, 447.— Bohm (M.). Ueber das angeborene synostotische Caput obstipum. Verhandl. d. deutsch. orthop. Gesellsch.. Stuttg., 1915, xiii (Kong.), 149-155.—Burzio (F.) & Serafini (G.). Sulla reserzione dello spinale nella cura dei tics del collo. Ann. di freniat. [etc.], Torino, 1911, xxi, 82-89.—De Gaetano (L.). Deformita del collo per malformazioni embrionali; cisti e fistole congenito; interventi operativi e reperti istolo- gici. Arch. ital. di chir., Bologna, 1922, iv, 265-324.—Delia Torre (P. L.). Sopra una rara eventualita di conflgurazione del triangolo di Pirogofl-Hueter, trigonum linguale ipoglosso- joideo) e di decorso del nervo grande ipoglosso, per rapporto all' allacciatura dell' arteria linguale. Pensiero med., Milano, 1916, vi, 280.—Delrez (L.). Les formations pathologiques Neck (Abnormities and deformities of)—■ continued. branchiogenes du cou. Arch. gen. de chir., Par., 1913, ix, 1_9 —Ferran (T.). Cartilages branchiaux bilateraux du cou. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1910, lxxxv, 892-894 — Frawley (J. M.). Congenital webbing of the neck insisters. Am. J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1924, xxviii, 781.----- Con- genital webbing. Ibid., 1925, xxix, 799-805—Frazer (J. E.). On persistent branchial formations. St. Mary's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1917, xxiii, 88-91.—Geist (G. A.). Congenital cysts and fistulas of the neck. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1916, xviii, 157-162— Langmead (F.). Defective develop- ment of certain neck muscles. Proc. Roy Soc. Med , Lond., 1920-21, xiv, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 13—Lenzi (L.). Sobre una rara afeccion congenita del cuello (anomaha de desarrollo en el campo de la tercera bolsa faringea, con persistency de restos embrionarios del timo). Prensa med. argentma, Buenos Aires, 1915-16, ii, 397-399, 1 pi— Llambias (J.). Malformaciones congenitas del cuello. Rev. Asoc. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1923, xxxvi, Sect. Soc. de biol., 226- 229 —McGuire (S.). Deformity of neck treated by trans- plantation of fat. Surg. Clin. N. Am., Phila., 1922, ii, 1259- 1261.—Peltason (F.). Zur Rontgendiagnose abnormer Kommunikationen zwischen Oesophagus und Luftwegen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1921, xlvii, 709- 711.—Roth (P. B.). The treatment of torticollis; a plea for a revision of accepted treatment. Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 759—Sayre (R. H.). Deformities of the neck. Journal- Lancet, Minneap., 1912, xxxii, 57-68.—Sippel (P.). Der angeborene muskulare Schiefhals. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1920, civ, 1-48.—de Tarnowsky (G.). Congenital malformations of the neck. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1916, xxiii, 217-227. Neck (Abscess of). See, also, Larynx (Abscess of); Pharynx (Abscess of). van Voorthuysen (D. G. W.). *Bijdrage tot de keenis van de houtphlegmone van den hals. 8°. Leiden, 1919. Appleyard (W.). A case of phlegmon of neck from per- foration of pharyngeal wall by a swallowed foreign body. Lancet, Lond., 1919, ii, 614.—Barthelemy & Simonin. Phlegmon ligneux du cou a streptocoques; autovaccinothe- rapie, guerison. Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1922, 1, 58.— Batut (L.). Des adeno-phlegmons carotidiens et de leur traitement. Rev. internat. de m6d. et de chir., Par., 1911, xxii, 339-341.—Be van (A. D.). Abscess in the deep cervical fascia of the neck. Surg. Clin., Chicago, 1920, iv, 1111-1113 — Bilancloni (G.). Ascessi del collo di origine otitica. Poli- clin., Roma, 1914, xxi, sez. prat., 1444-1451.—Bo (A.). Con- tributo clinico agli ascessi del collo di origine otitica. Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1924, xiii, 61-67.— Calamida. Les abcesdu cou d'origine otitique. Clin. prat. med.-chir. depath. [etc.], Par., 1910, vi, 241-253—Di Crist! na (G.). Sopra un caso di ascesso peri-tracheo-laringeo di origine non difterica. Arch, ital di laringol., Napoli, 1912, xxxii, 154- 161.—Ercolanl (P.). Un caso raro di flemmone carotideo a frigore. Riv. med., Milano, 1913, xxi, 193-196.—Etienne, Guibal & Bouchet. Phlegmon diffus hyperseptique de la loge vasculaire du cou, evoluant comme une angine de Lud- wig. Bull. Soc. d. sc. med. et biol. de Montpellier, 1924-25, vi 128-130.—Fausti no Barbera. Abscesos perilaringeos. Bol. de laringol. otol., y rinol., Madrid, 1910, x, 139-152.— Feuchtinger (R.). Zwei Falle von schwerer Halsphleg- mone nach Peritonsillitis. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1922, lvi, 865-868— Fowler (J. H.). Deep sup- puration of the neck with report of an extraordinary case. Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1916-17, xv, 74-78— Gauch (W.). Staphylococcic septicemia; perivertebral abscess; a case report. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1920, xxxiv, 110.—Glogau (O.). Eine typische Operation fiir die von den oberen Luft- wegen vom Zungengrunde ausgehenden Senkungsabszessse Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1921, lv, 1119-1150, —— Children's upper respiratory abscesses descending into the neck and mediastinum. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1923. xl, 801-811. ----- Abscesses descending from the upper air passages. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1923, cxvii, 29-32.—Guisez. Presentation d'un cas de phlegmon retro-oesophagien. Paris chir., 1922, xiv, 193-195.—Hastings (H.). Thrombosis of the superior thyroid vein from a cervical abscess, between larynx and thyroid; diagnosis made at autopsy. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1925, xxxv, 423-429,1 pi— Hofer (G.). Demonstra- tion eines Falles von torpider Halsphlegmone. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1918, lxviii, 759.----- Fall von Halsphleg- mone; praventive Mediastinotomie; Heilung. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1924, lviii, 661.—Lasagna (F.). Un raro caso di ascesso del collo da mastoidite. Arch ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1910, xxi, 145-153.—Leclerc. Ade- nite suppuree guerie par la ponction et la radiotherapie, sans cicatrice. Lyon med., 1910, xiii, 697.—Lloyd (R. I.). The cervical fascia in deep septic processes of the neck. Eye, Ear Nose & Throat Month., Chicago, 1924-25, iii, 622-625 — Liibbers (K.). Ueber lebensgefahrliche und todliche Blu- tungen aus der Arteria carotis bei Halsabszessen. Ztschr f Ohrenh. [etc.], Wiesb., 1912, lxvi, 18-27, 1 pi—Malan (A.). Due casi di ascessi del collo di origine otitica. Boll. d. mal. d. NECK 33 NECK Neck (Abscess of)—continued. orecchio, d. gola e. d. naso, Firenze, 1912, xxx, 92-100.— Masmonteil (F.) & Grouge (H.). Phlegmondiffusgangr|- neux du cou; serotherapie antigangreneuse; guerison. Gaz. d. hop Par , 1922, xcv, 1693.—Mauclaire. Phlegmons et abces aigus du cou. Clinique, Par., 1912, vii, 497-500. ----- Phlegmons et abces du cou. Progres med., Par., 1914, 3. s., xxx, 198-200—Melchior (E.). Ueber Halsphlegmonen, her- vorgerufen durch Bacillus fusiformis. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1917, liv, 695. -----■ Fuso-Spirillose des Halses unter dem Bild'e der Aktinomykose. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1918, xiv, 117-119— Monmarson. Deux observations d'adeno- phlegmons profonds du cou, apres angines simples. Ann. de chir. et d'orthop., Par., 1912, xxv, 161-166—Mosher (H. P.). Deep cervical abscess and thrombosis of the internal jugular vein. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, N. Bedford, Mass., 1920, xxvi, 327-340.—Murphy (J. B.). Abscess of neck. Surg. Clin., Chicago, 1913, ii, 119-121— Mygind (H.). Die haufigsten otogenen Halsabszesse. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1914, xciii, 269-289.—Palmer (F. E.). Descending abscesses in the neck; diagnosis and treatment. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1924, lxxxiii, 2067-2070.—Parker (G.). A case of woody phlegmon of the neck (phlegmon ligneux). Brit. M. J., Lond., 1914, i, 24.—Perry (R. H.). Ligneous phleg- mon of the neck (Reclus); report of a case in a boy of eight years. J. Tenn. M. Ass., Nashville, 1919-20, xii, 169-171 — Plcclnlnnl (F.). Contributo all' etiologia del flemmone ligneo del collo. Policlin., Roma, 1911, xviii, sez. chir., 433-438.— Plsano (F. F.). Contributo alio studio clinico delle suppurazioni profonde del collo. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1913, xxxiv, 503.—Plande (C). Phlegmon gangreneux du cou a point de depart amygdalien. Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1925, xlvi, 532-534.—Pollock (H. L.). Woody phleg- mon with report of cases. Tr. Am. Acad.' Ophth. [etc.], St. Louis, 1919, xxiv, 333-340.—Powell (N. A.). Abscess be- neath the deep cervical fascia. Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1913, xxxviii, 332.—Powers (C. A.). Woody phleg- mon of the neck (Reclus). J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvii, 365-368— Schilpervort (W.). [An unusual abscess of the neck.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1921, lxv, pt. 2, 402-404.—Siegfried. Fruhzeichen des tiefen Halsabs- zesses. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1919, cxii, 130-136 — Silingardi (S.). Flemmone mediano soprajoideo. Pratica d. med., Napoli, 1909-10, x, 201-204—Southworth (T. S.). The surgical management of acute abscesses of lymphatic glands in infancy. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1911, xxviii, 767- 771.—Viola (F.). Poliartriteedempiemameta-pneumonico da adeno-flemmone del collo recidivato. Policlin., Roma, 1924, xxxi, sez. prat., 287-289— Worthington (T. C). Woody phlegmon of the neck (Reclus); report of two cases. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1918, xxvii, 1483. Also South. M. J., Birmingham, 1918, xi, 699-701. Neck (Actinomycosis of). See Neck (Diseases of). Neck (Cancer of). See, also, Larynx (Cancer of); Throat (Cancer of). Gartner (G.). *Ein Beitrag zur Casuistik des diffusen infiltrierenden Carcinoms des Gesichts und Halses. 8°. Leipzig, 1908. Piton (A.-R.). *Contribution a l'etude des adenopathies cancereuses secondaires du cou. 8°. Paris, 1927. Siegel (R.). *L'epith61ioma branchial du cou. 8°. Paris, 1907. Wischtinetzky (N.). * Ueber das branchio- gene Carcinom. 8°. Munchen, 1913. Zelljadt (G. P.). *Zur Frage des branchio- genen Carcinoms. 8°. Strassburg i. E., 1914. Althabe. Un caso de epitelioma atipico del cuello tratado por radio-cirugia. Rev. Asoc. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1915, xxiii, 1166.—Babler (E. A.). Endothelioma of the lymph-nodes of the neck. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 275.—Barthelemy & Fairise. Epithelioma branchial du cou inclus dans la glande sous-maxillaire. Rev. de Test, Nancy, 1913, xiv, 501-505.—Callssano (G.). Carcinoma branchiogeno della regione carotidea. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1922, 4. s., xxviii, 334-34-1—Carson (A. I.). Primary (?) carcinoma of neck. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1914, cxi, 449—Crile (G. W.). Excision of carcinoma of the neck. In Stereo Clinic (H. A. Kelly), 4°. [Troy, N. Y., 1911], 2-24, 20 stereos—Forbes (H. H.). Malignant neoplasm of larynx and esophagus treated by radium. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhi- nol. & Otol. Soc, N. Bedford, Mass., 1921, xxvii, 224-226 — Glas. Tumor der rechten Halsseite; branchiogenes Karzi- nom (?) der rechten Halsseite mit Einbruch in den Kehlkopf. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1922, lvi, 958 — Hayes (M. R. J). Case of recurrent cancer of the cervical glands treated by radium. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1915, xxxiii, 217.—Hill (W.)'. Two cases of malignant disease of the neck, undergoing treatment by radium. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Laryngol. Sect., 25 — 85596°—28----3 Neck (Cancer of)—continued. Jeanneney (G.) & Mathey-Cornat. Tumeur cervicale recidivante 6voluant depuis plus de quarante ans: epithe- lioma sudoripare. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1924, liv, 860.— Jopson (J. H.). Tumor of neck; carcinoma; primary or secondary (?); removal of tumor with resection of the three carotids and the internal jugular vein. Surg. Clin. N. Am., Phila., 1923, iii, 109-112.—Kammerer (F.). Resection of the oesophagus and larynx for carcinoma. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1912, lv, 320.—Kolaczek (H.). Branchiogenes Cystencar- cinom. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1914. xc, 609-618, 1 pi.—La Forgia (N.). Un caso di carcinoma branchiogeno. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1919, xl, 161-164.—Lange (S.). Symp- tomatic cure of carcinoma of neck by deep X-ray treatment accompanied by typical filtered ray skin reaction (epider- mitis). Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1915, cxiv, 423.—Maunsell (R. C. B.). Primary cancer of the neck under radium treat- ment. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1915. xxxiii, 218 — Miles (A.). A case of paraffin epithelioma occurring on the neck. Edinb. M. J., 1911, n. s., vii, 539.—Morestin (H.). Tumeur maligne du cou; resection de tout le paquet vasculo- nerveux carotidien; Svidement de la base du cou et extirpation d'un prolongement retro-sternal, grace a la resection des deux tiers internes de la clavicule. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1913, n. s., xxxviii, 504-512. ----- Cancer cutane de la base du cou adherent a la clavicule, au sterno-mastoidien et a la veine jugulaire interne. Ibid., 1915, n. s., xii, 841-848 — Ochsner (A. J.). Basal-celled epithelioma of neck; excision with cautery. Surg. Clin., Chicago, Phila., 1918, ii, 19-23 — Peck (C. H.). Carcinoma of the neck. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1912, lvi, 455-457.—Primrose (A.). Malignant disease in the neck. Canad. M. Ass. J., Toronto, 1911, i, 199-208, 2 pi — Richardson (M. L.). Branchiogenic carcinoma, with re- port of a case. Cleveland M. J., 1915, xiv, 581-589—Ryfko- gel (H. A. L.). Removal of the cervical glands in malignant disease of the head and face. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1914, xii, 188-190.—Tinker (M. B.). The end-results of treat- ment in certain forms of malignancy of the neck. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1922, xl, 101-109. [Discussion], 139-159 — Van Duyse (M.). Un cas de carcinome branchial. Ann. Soc. de med. deGand, 1910, n. s., i, 138-143,1 pi.—Vigne (P.), Fournier (A.) & Clement. Epithelioma du cou a deve- loppement extra-rapide. Marseille med., 1924, lxi, 1227- 1230.—Warner (F.). Branchiogenic carcinoma. Ann. Surg. Phila., 1916, lxiv, 1-7. Also reprint. Neck (Diseases of). See, also, Lymphatic glands (Cervical, Dis- eases, etc., of). Alexander (G. J.). E tiology and diagnosis of two types of acute swelling in the neck involving the ear. J. Ophth., Otol. & Laryngol., Phila., 1925, xxix, 81-87.—Armour. Case of streptotrichosis of neck. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1922, xxvii, 42.—Chirent (P.). Exploration et compression des vaisseaux vasculo-nerveux du cou; action therapeutique et anesthesique de cette manoeuvre. J. de med. et chir. prat., Par , 1915, Ixxxvi, 611-617.—Cohn (I.). Masses in the neck. Am. J. Syph., St. Louis, 1918, ii, 67-82, 6 pi.—De Gaetano. Cisti e fistole vongenite del collo. Ann. ital. di chir., Napoli, 1922, i, 55-64.—Ewald (K.). Die Krankheiten des Halses. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xxiii, 1249; 1289—Fein (J.). Halsschmerz und Halsdriisenschwellung. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lx, 1453-1456.—Gayet & Petouraud. Un cas d'actinomycose cervico-faciale. Lyon chirurg., 1912, viii, 362-364. Also Lyon med., 1912, cxix, 868-870.—Gilson. Actinomycose du triangle cervical posterieur. Clinique, Brux., 1914, xxviii, 188.—Gruner (O. C). Methods of diag- nosis of the nature of glandular enlargements at the root of the neck. Dominion M. Month., Toronto, 1912, xxxviii, 115- 120.—Hahn (O.). Ueber Heiserkeit nach Rontgenbestrah- lung am Halse. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1919, xlvi, 722 — Leuret, Cavalier & Gauvenet. Actinomycose cervicale. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1912, xiii, 809.—Maylard (A. E.). Case of sinus of the neck opening into the pharynx. Tr. Glasg. Path. & Clin. Soc, 1904-5, x, 129-131.—Moennlghoff (F J). Deep-seated pathological conditions of the neck. Kansas City M. Index-Lancet, 1910, xxxiii, 7-10.—Mohr (F.). Das Halsdrucksymptom als diagnostisches Hilfsmittel. Med. Klin., Bed., 1916,xii, 692-694.—Morgan (G.). Sinuses and swellings of the necks of children. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1923, i, 621-623.—Pautrier (L.-M.) & Levy (G.). Vaste "ulcus rodens" de la region de la nuque. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1925, xxxii (Reun. de Strasb.), 188- 191, 2 pi.—Petit. Adenopathie cervicale chez une maras- tique; traitement par la diathermie et la radiotherapie, aug- mentation considerable de poids; guerison. Arch, d'electric. med., Bordeaux, 1914, xxiv, 194-197.— Pulleine (R.). On an apparently undescribed form of ligneous oedema of the neck. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1923. i, 153— Rothfeld (J.). Beitrag zur Pathologie der Halsmuskelkriimpfe. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1925, xxxviii, 988.—Schroder (A.). Zur Gefahrlichkeit der Rontgenbestrahlungen am Halse; Bemer- kungen zu den Arbeiten von von Hofmeister. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1923, lxx, 849.—Slcard (J.-A.) & Lermoyez (J.). L'atrophie triangulaire congenitale du cou a forme pseudo-myopathique avec occipitalisation et axialisation. Rev. neurol., Par., 1922, xxix, 1474-1479— Skillern (P. G.). Colossal diabetic carbuncle of neck; crucial incision and un- NECK 34 NECK Neck (Diseases of)—continued. dermining; cure. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1917, iv, 174-179.— Uffenorde (W.). Die Verwicklungen der akuten Halsent- ziindungen unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Beteili- gung des Spatium parapharyngeum. Ztschr. f. Larvngol., Rhinol. [etc.], Leipz., 1924-25, xiii, 357-410, 2 pi—Weil (E. A.). La radiographic des adenopathies thoraciques. J. de radiol. et d'electrol., Par., 1914, i, 183-192, 1 pi. Neck (Fistula of). See Fistula (Branchial and cervical). Neck (Foreign bodies in). Fackenheim. Fremdkorper im Halse. Therap. Mo- natsh., Berl., 1911, xxv, 360.—Gueniot (P.). Deux cas de gangrene gazeuse du cou; proced6 de diagnostic differentiel avec l'emphyseme sous cutane (inflammabilite des gaz au thermocauter). Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1915,3. s., lxxiv, 271-273.—Jacques (P.). Phlegmon perioesophagien cervical subaigu par corps etranger. Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1912, xliv, 250-252.—Sencert (L.) & Rohmer (A.). Corps etran- ger du cou. Ibid., 1914, xlvi, 15-17.—Sheehan (J. E.). An unusual case of foreign body in the neck. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1924, xxxviii, 173— Viladesau (R.). Gangrena difusa primitiva de ambos lados del cuello; necrosis maxilar; caida de dientes; diseccion de la traquea; meurte por gangrena pulmo- nar. Med. delos ninos, Barcel., 1914, xv, 24. Neck (Hydatids of). Baccarini (L.). Localizzazione rara di ciste da echino- cocco. Policlin., Roma, 1922, xxix, sez. prat., 676-678.— Popoff (N.). [Echinococcus on the neck.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1913, xxxiii, 775— Rivarola (R. A.). Quiste hidatico del cuello. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1918, xxv, pt. 2, 20.— Rossi (F.). Due casi di echinococco dei muscoli del collo. Pensiero med., Milano, 1921, xi, 207-210. Neck (Snapping). Hoke (E.). Schnellender Nacken. Med. Klin., Berl., 1917, xiii, 789—Lanz (O.). [Snapping neck.] Nederl. Tijd- schr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1917, i, 1993. Also Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1917, xliv, 69-71—Saxl (A.). Schnellender Nacken. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1924, lxxiv, 1253-1256. Neck (Surgery of). See, also, Larynx (Surgery of); Throat (Surgery of); Thyroid gland (Surgery of). Brumby (H.). *Ueber Nervenverletzungen bei Exstirpation der Halsdriisen. 8°. Berlin, 1915. Beck (J. C), Pollock (H. L.) &Lederer (F. L.). Further report on synergistic analgesia as employed in cases about the head and neck. Larvngoscope, St. Louis, 1925, xxxv, 181-199.—Debrovolskaia(N.). Ausujetd'une nouvelle voie d'acces des regions sus et sous-clavieres. Lyon chirurg., 1921, xviii 593-600.—Dowd (C. N.). The treatment of cicatricial contractures of the neck. Proc. Inter-State Post-Grad. Med. Assemb. North America, Milwaukee, 1925, i, 74-77— Doyen. Technique generale de l'abord du pharynx et de l'oesophage cervical. Arch, de Doyen, Par., 1910-11, i, 181-195—Ed- munds (A.). The neck. In Choyce's System of Surg., N. Y , 1923, iii, 198-240, 1 pi.—Farabauf (L. H.). Vaisseaux et nerfs de la base du cou. Presse med., Par., 1915, xxiii, 208 — Farr (C. E.). Preservationofthesubmaxillarybranchofthe facial nerve in operations on the neck. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1910 lii,487,2pl— Foss(H.L.). Local anesthesia in surgery of the neck. Atlantic Med. J., Harrisburg, 1924-25, xxvm, 488H192 — Frazier (C. H.). Surgery of the head, neck, and breast. Progr. Med., Phila., 1923, i, 17-94— Gluck (T.). Das technische und funktionelle Problem der Opera- tionen an den oberen Luft- und Speisewegen. Monat- schr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl., 1913, xlvii, 1461; 1531— Harris (M L ) Paravertebral anesthesia and local anesthesia for the triangles of the neck. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1925, lxxxiv, 54.—Jones (E. G.). Some surgical problems in sur- gery of the neck. J. Med. Ass. Georgia, Augusta, 1919-20, ix 21-25. ----- Surgery of the neck. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1920, xcviii, 386-388.—Jopson (J. H.). Carbuncle of back of neck; excision of carbuncle by the electrocautery knife, fol- lowed by Carrel-Dakin treatment of wound. Surg. Clin. N. Am., Phila., 1923, iii, 93-96.—Jorge (J. M.). Anestesia local regional e infiltrativa en las operaciones de cuello. Rev. Asoc. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1916, xxv, 459-470.—Judd (A.). Result of section or irritation of pneumogastric in operations about the neck. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1916, lxxxix, 710— Konig (E.). Experimenteller Beitrag zur Frage der Gefahren der paravertebralen Leitungsanasthesie am Halse. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1924, cxxxiii, 187-191—Kulen- kampff (D.). Die Technik der ortlichen Betaubung bei Halsoperationen. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1921, xlviii, 1262-1265.—LeFort (R.). Une voie economique et large pour l'acces du carrefour cervico-mediastinal (mgdiastin superieur etgros vaisseaux de la base du cou). Presse med., Par., 1918, xxvi, 373-375.—MacGuire (D. P.). Benign surgical condi- tions of the neck. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1925, xxxviii, 1_5.—Mclnvaine (W. E.). A new incision for the radical resection of tuberculous glands of the neck. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, lxviii, 1177,—Mauclalre. Autoplastie du cou Neck (Surgery)—continued. nar un lambeau en cravate pour des cicatrices multiples. Bull et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1914, n. s., xl, 15». Meeker (W. R.) & Hundling (H W.) Local anasthesiain operations of the neck; a new method of cervical plexusblocK. Sure Gvnec. & Obst., Chicago, 1924, xxxviii, 806-818. More'lle (A ) Operation plastique pour cicatrice vicieuseau con Presse med beige, Brux., 1913, lxv, 147-152.-Moresttn (H ). Autoplastie cervicale aux depens des teguments tho- raco-mammaires. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par ,1918, xliv 776-778-Muller (G. P.). Secondary suture in the teeltment of infections of the neck. Surg. Clin. N.Am, Phila 1923 iil33-137.-Picque (R.). Lavoiecarotidienne. J de chir Par! 1912, ix, 429-446-Quarella (B..). L'aneste- si'a di conduzione neg i interventi operati vi al collo. Minerva med Torino, 1925, v, 208.-Sebileau (P.). Fermeture par Faut'oplStiea double lambeau bipediculed unelarge breche de la retfon inter-maxillo-hyoidienne Bull et mem Soc nat. de chir., Par., 1924, 1, 562-565-Sobotta (J ). Topo- gVaphie des Halses'und des Mediastinums. Handbuch der Ipeziellen Chirurgie des Ohres und der oberen Luftwege Wiirzburg, 1912, i, 1. Halfte, 215-256, 14 pi—Van denWU- denberg (L.). Deux cas de laryngo-pharyngo-oesophagec- tomie. Ann. Soc. de mem. d'Anyers, 1912 lxxiv, 133-136, 2 Di _Voelcker (F.). Die Chirurgie des Halses (ausschliess- lich'der Luft- und Speisewege, der Schilddruse und der Wir- belsaule. Handb. d. prakt. Chir., 5. ed., Stuttg., 1924, n, 1-131 —Wiemann (O.). Ueber Nebenwirkungen der para- vertebralen Leitungsanasthesie am Hals. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1919-20, cxii, 737-751. Neck (Syphilis of). See, also, Larynx (Syphilis of); Throat Syphilis of). Holscher (E.). *Die luetische Erkrankung der Halsgefasse. 8°. Bonn, 1914. Coues (W. P.). Gummatous cervical adenitis; its relation to and mistaken diagnosis for tuberculous cervical adenitis. Boston M. & S. J., 1915, clxxiii, 777-780. Also reprint.— Goodman (H.) & Traub (E. F.). Chancre of the neck. Am. Med., Burlington, Vt., 1924, n. s., xxx, 236-240—Gou- gerot. Hypo- et hyperchromies syphiloldes post-lesionnelles du cou. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1921, 3. s., xiv, 1347-1350. ----- Les hyperchromies syphiloides du cou. Ibid., 1453.—Mau (C). Das angeborene Fehlen des Halses nebst Bemerkungen iiber die Aetiologie des angebo- renen Schulterblatthochstandes und der angeborenen Schul- terlahmung. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1922-1924, xliii, 608-619.—Menard (V.). Syphilis tertiaire, congenitale ou acquise des ganglions du cou. Asoc. franc. de chir. Proc- verb. [etc.], Par., 1912, xxv, 435-453.—Miani (G.). Caso di linfoma gommoso della regione laterale sinistra del collo. Arch. ital. di dermat., sif. [etc.], Bologna, 1925, i, 81-83 — Sinclair (N.). Syphilitic ulceration of neck. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1922, xxvii, 38.—Skillern (P. G.). Gumma of neck. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1913, 23. s., iv, 235, 1 pi. Neck (Tuberculosis of). See Lymphatic glands (Cervical, Tubercu- losis of). Neck (Tumors of). See, also, Branchial apparatus (Tumors of). Azario (M.). Endotelioma primitivo delle ghiandole lin- fatiche del collo. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1921, 4. s., xxvii, 166-171.—Begouin, Bonnard (A.) & Piechaud (P.). Sur un cas de tumeur de la region cervicale (paragan- gliome). J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1923, liii, 266-268.—Berg (H.). [A case of tumor of the neck treated with radio-active water.] Halsovannen, Stockholm, 1912, xxvii, 58.—Bordier & Guillaud. Lymphadenomie cervicale, traitement par la radiotherapie. Lyon med., 1919, cxxviii, 246-249.—Busacchi (A.). Tumori del collo a struttura tiroidea. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1921, 9. s., ix, 173-180— Caldwell (C. E.). Congenital tumors of the neck. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1914, cxi, 364-369.—Causse (R.). Tumeurs a localisations succes- sives de la region bucco-laryngo-pharyngienne gueries par le cacodylate de soude. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1924, xliii, 540-546.—Danis (R.) & Lippens (A.). A propos de quelques interventions de tumeurs ganglion- naires du cou. Ann. et bull. Soc. roy. d. sc. med. et nat. de Brux., 1912, lxx, 239-272.—Dartlgues. Enorme lymphade- nome ganglionnaire du cou. Paris chirurg., 1922, xiv, 200- 204.—Delbet. Tumeur du cou. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1919, xxxiii, 775.—Dujarier & Khan (T.). Dermato-neuro-fibrome de la nuque coexistant avec une pseudarthrose congenitale du tibia. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1921, xci, 184—Eccles (W. McA.). Swelling in the middle line of the neck. Clin. J., Lond., 1914, xliii, 617-621.— Falta (W.), Kriser (A.) & Zehner (L.). Ueber Behandlung von Lymphdriisentumoren mit Thorium X. Med. Klin., Berl., 1912, viii, 1504-1509.—Fedeli (F.). I tumori a struttura tiroidea delle regioni laterali del collo. Arch. ital. di chir., Bologna, 1925, xiv, 167-224.—Franco (E. E.). Leiomioma maligno primitivo dei gangli linfatici del collo con metastasi nel cuore. Pathologica, Genova, 1913-14, vi, 652-663.—Gil- bert! (P.). Sulla genesi flogistica di un tumore fibroso del NECK 35 NECK Neck (Tumors of)—continued. collo; contributo clinico ed isto-patologico. Policlin., Roma, 1918 xxv sez chir., 1-6.—Gorls. Contribution a l'etude des tumeurs du cou. Ann. de l'Inst. chir. de Brux., 1910, xvii, 11-14—Hare (E. H.). Some tumors of the neck. Journal- Lancet, Minneap., 1918, xxxviii, 436-441—Homma (H.). Ueber einen Fall von Ganglioneuroma sympathicum der Regio retromandibularis. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1923, lxxii, 322-327— Jaboulay. Tumeurs ganglionnaires du cou. Progres med., Par., 1913, 3. s., xxix, 454-456.—Kiess (O.). Beitrag zur Kenntnis der in der Nak- kengegend lokalisierten angeborenen Tumoren. Dermat. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Hamb., 1923, lxxvi, 313-318—Lange (G ) Ueber die Grenzen der Operabilitat der Halstumoren. Ztschr. f. Laryngol., Rhinol. [etc.], Leipz., 1923, xii, 181-189 — Lembo (S.). I blastomi radiosensibili; due casi di perite- liomacuraticolradium. Chir. dell' ernia, Napoli, 1922, xiv, 76-84— McKenty (F. E.). Tumors of the neck. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1914, xix, 141-151.—Maurel. Volu- mineux lymphadenome du cou. Loire med., St. Etienne, 1923, xxxvii, 127-131.—Miliani (A.). Sull' interpretazione clinica ed istopatologica di un tumore cutaneo del collo (asso- ciazione diperiteliomae tubercolosi). Policlin., Roma, 1925, • xxxii, sez. chir., 158-172—Montanari (E.). Encondroma congenito della regione laringea. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir., Roma (1924), 1925, xxxi, 287-294.—Nadal (P.). Tu- meur salivaire heterotopique de la region laterale du cou, avec association de tissu lympho'ide. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1913, lxxxviii, 350.—Noel (P.). Tumeurs pseudo-ele- phantiasiques congenitales de la nuque. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1921, 6. s., ii, 463: 1922, 6. s., iii, 366—Peyron. Sur les aspects adamantins dans les neoplaxies d'origine em- bryonnaire de la region cervico-faciale. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1919, lxxxix, 326.—Piazza (E. L.). Contributo alia conoscenza delle formazioni congenite mediane del collo. Policlin., Roma, 1913, xx, sez. chir., 501-513.—Pollini (F.). Tumefazioni e tumori del collo: gozzo. Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1923, Ixxxii, 49-52.—Sacco (A. V.). Grandes tu- mores del cuello; consideraciones tecnicas en su extirpation. Rev. Asoc. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1920, xxxiii, Sect. Soc. de cirug., 77-145. -----■ Rabdomioma de la region antero- lateral del cuello. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1923, xxx, 1016.—Scalone (I.). Contributo alia chirurgia ed alia cono- scenza della struttura istologica delle neo formazioni congenite del collo e del pavimento della bocca. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1911, xiv, 878-886.—Smith (O. C). Differential diagnosis and indications for treatment of tumors of the neck. Boston M. & S. J., 1915, clxxii, 208-217. Also reprint.— Sommerfelt (L.). Ein Fall von Ganglioneurom am Hals. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1920, xxx, 641- 656, 2 pi.—Stern (K). Zur Kasuistik der Nackenge- schwiilste. Med. Klin., Berl., 1917, xiii, 1321.—Stooss. Endothelioma des glandes lymphatiques cervicales. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1914, xxxiv, 614.—Torraca (L.). Sui fibromi profondi del collo. Riforma med., Napoli, 1922, xxxviii, 650-652—Trfb (A.). Ueber Nackenkeloid oder Dermatitisnuchaesclerotisans. Dermat. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Hamb., 1912, lv, 1491-1500, 1 pi.—Vaissier & Hyenne. Osteo-chondro-fibrome du cou. Rev. med. de la Franche- Comte, Besarcon, 1910, xviii, 1-7,1 pi.—Vogt (E.). Granulo- matosis plasmacellularis colli. Frankfurt. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1912, x, 129-146.—Walther. Tumeur sous-hyoi- dienne simulant une tumeur du corps thyroide. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 297-299 — Weber (F.). Ueber Vagusverletzungen bei Exstirpation von Halstumoren. St. Petersb. med. Ztschr., 1914, xxxix, 136- 140.—Welch (J. E.). A tumor of the neck showing unusual histological features. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1910-11, n. s., x, 161-169.—Zimmermann (FrauL). Ein Fall von eigenar- tiger Geschwulstbildung im Sauglingsalter mit spontaner Ruckbildung. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1920, xix, 260. Neck (Tumors of, Angiomatous). Dtjpire (F.). Contribution a l'etude des angiomes fissuraux; angiomes profonds du cou. 8°. Lille, 1907. Balice (G.). Tumore vascolare misto profondo del collo (angioma-amartoma); studio clinico, anatomo ed isto-patq- logico. Rassegna internaz. di clin. e terap., Napoli, 1925, vi, 666-682.—Bierens de Haan (J. C. J.). Lymphangioma cysticumcolli. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1915, i, 1239.—Carnett (J. B.). Cervical subcutaneous cavernous haemangeioma; with report of two cases. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1910, li, 65-75, 1 pi.—Cortesini (M.). Voluminoso angioma cavernoso del collo. Ann. ital. di chir., Napoli, 1924, iii, 219- 234.—Costa (C). Linfangioma cistico del collo. Policlin., Roma, 1916, xxiii, sez. prat., 1456-1458.—Despard (D. L.) & Longenecker (C. B.). Extensive cavernous angioma of the neck treated by radium. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1918, lxviii, 71.—De Tommasi (P.). Angioma cavernoso profondo del collo. Riforma med., Napoli, 1920, xxxvi, 548— Dominici (H.), Cheron (H.) & Barbarin. Guerison d'un h6mo- lymphangiome profond des regions cervicale et sus-clavicu- laire gauches par leradium. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1910, 3. s., xxix, 556-560—Fallas (A.). Angiome du pharynx, du larynx et du cou. Clinique, Brux., 1912, xxvi, 209-214.—Flaschi (T.). Congenital cystic lymphangioma of the neck in a child. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1910, xxix, Neck (Tumors of, Angiomatous)—contd. 540-543.—Finzi (N. S.). Malignant growth in neck treated with radium, with recurrence in mediastinum. Proc. Roy Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Clin. Sect., 159.—Gaudier & Deladriere. Lymphangiome kystique du cou. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1910, xiv, 159.—Giacanelli (V. U.). Su diun casodilinfangiomacisticocongenitodelcollo. Riforma med., Napoli, 1922, xxxviii, 219-222.—Giacomo (C). Studio sul linfangioma cistico congenito del collo. Gazz. d. osp., Mi- lano, 1913, xxxiv, 1079-1082.—Gilmour (A. J.). Congenital cavernous angioma of the neck. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1911, lxiii, 133.—Godde (H.). Ueber Lymphangiome mit beson- derer Beriicksichtigung des tiefen Sitzes am Halse. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1921, clxiii, 135-144.—Grynfellt (E.). Lymphangiomekystiquecongenitalducou. Bull. Socd.se. med. et biol. de Montpellier, 1922-23, iv, 131-133—Monjar- dino (J.). Um caso de linfangioma quistico unilocular do pescoco. J. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lisb., 1912, lxxvi, 47-51.— Paterno (A.). Linfangioma cistico del collo. Clin, chir., Milano, 1920, n. s., ii, 906-978—Petit (L. H.). Volumineux lymphangiome caverneux du cou. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1921, xlvii, 1211-1213—Puglisi-Allegra Ste- fano. Linfoangioma cistico congenito del collo. Policlin., Roma, 1910, xvii, sez. chir., 227; 241.—Rocher (H.-L.). Volumineux lymphangiome kystique dela region cervicale; extirpation. Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1923), 1924, 174.—Sauer (H.). Ein Fall von tiefsitzendem kavernosem Angiom am Halse. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1919, lxvi, 1148—Thompson (J. E.) & Keiller (V. H.). Lymphangioma of the neck. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1923,lxxvii, 385-396.—Via n nay. Lymphangiome kystique suppur§ du cou ayant donne des symptomes de suffocation grave: inter- vention d'urgence; guerison. Loire med., St. Etienne, 1923, xxxvii, 459-461.—Wyeth (J. A.). Treatment of a vascular tumor of the neck by injection with water at a high tempera- ture. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 1299. Neck (Tumors of, Cystic). See, also, Branchial apparatus (Tumors of, Cystic). Agactantz (Z.). *Les kystes congenitaux de la region lateral du cou (revue generate). 8°. Montpellier, 1911. Cremer (A.). *Ueber Hygroma colli con- genitum. 8°. Berlin, 1917. Ferry (P.). Contribution a l'6tude des kystes congenitaux du cou; kystes dermo- lymphoides. 8°. Montpellier, 1907. Lantzmann (L.). *De quelques cas de kystes congenitaux du cou. 8°. Nancy, 1909. Le Gland (A.-F.-M.). Contribution a l'etude des kystes congenitaux du cou conte- nant, dans leur paroi, du tissu lymphoide. 8°. Lille, 1908. Palka (J.). *Ueber Blutzysten am Halse. 8°. Breslau, 1920. Stephan (M.). *Contribution a l'etude des kvstes epithelio-lymphoides de la region late- rale du cou. 8°. Paris, 1919. Thevinin (A.). Contribution a l'etude des kystes epithelio-lympho'ides du cou. 8°. Bordeaux, 1912. ( Thomann (L.). *Kystes branchiaux amyg- daloides du cou. 8°. Paris, 1925. Alpers (K.). Ueber die chemische Zusammensetzung einer Halscyste. Arch. d. Pharm., Berl., 1923, cclxi, 170.— AlvesdeLima (J.). Sobre um caso de cysto hydatico do pescoco. Gaz. clin., S. Paulo, 1925, xxiii, 263-265.—Alvesde Lima (J.) & CorreaNetto (A.). Cysto hydatico unilocular primitivo da regiao lateral do pescoco. Bol. Soc. de med. e cir. de S. Paulo, 1924-25, vii, 3. s., 99.—Baccarini (L.). Con- tributo alio studio delle cistie delle fistole congenite del collo. Arch. ital. di chir., Bologna, 1924, ix, 279-335.—Brenizer (A. G.). Left branchial cyst opening on the right side. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1919, lxx, 758-760.—Brindel & Cadenaulc. Suruncasdekystethyro-hyoidien. J.demed. deBordeaux, 1921, li, 137.—Carisi (G). Contributo anatomo-patologico e clinico alia miglior conoscenza delle cisti congenite del collo. I Pathologica, Genova, 1923, xv, 249-253.—Castiglioni (G.).l Tumori cistici congeniti del collo. Atti d. Soc. lomb. di sc. med.ebiol., Milano, 1921,x,273-279—ChUde(C. P.). Mul- tilocular cystic hygroma of neck. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 157.—Cignozzi (O.). Su talune cisti congenite del collo di origine branchiale e parabranchiale; studio patogenetico e clinico. Policlin., Roma, 1911, xviii, sez. chir., 38; 87; 183; 254— Corone (A.). Les kystes congenitaux de la region laterale du cou. Gaz. d. hop Par., 1912, lxxxv, 97-103. Also transl., Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1917, civ, 103-105—Crow (I. N.). Branchial cysts. J. Iowa State M. Soc, Des Moines, 1925, xv, 524- 52S— Darier (J.). A propos d'un cas de branchiomes cu- NECK 36 NECK Neck (Tumors of, Cystic)—continued. tanes benins; note complementaire. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1920, 6.S., i, 433-435.—De Gaetano (L.). Sulle cisti congenite del collo. Pensiero med., Milano, 1920, x, 25-27. Also Riforma med., Napoli, 1920, xxxvi, 401-404.— Uemelin & Mouchet (A.). Volumineux kyste sereux con- genital du cou operfi chez un enfant de 22 jours. Bull. Soc. de pSdiat. de Par., 1911, xiii, 429-431.—Diaz Lira. Un caso de quiste seroso conjenito del cuello. Rev. med. de Chile, Sant. de Chile, 1911, xxxix, 291-294—Dowd (C. N.). Hygroma cysticum colli, its structure and etiology. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1913, lviii, 112-132, 8 pi.—Duval (P.). Tumeur gazeuse du cou. Bull, et mom. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1911, xxxvii, 969:1912, n. s., xxxviii, 93.—Edington (G. H.). Some cervical cysts of congenital origin. Clin. J., Lond., 1913-14, xiii, 17-22.—Ellis (A. E.). Cystic hygroma. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1915, i, 377 — Ferran (J. E.). Quistes del cuello. Rev. med. cubana, Habana, 1918, xxix, 518-524.—Finsterer. Blutzyste am Hals; Exstirpation; Heilung. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1920, xxxiii, 325.—Funk (V. A.). Congenital cysts of the neck. Am. J. Surg.,N. Y., 1915,xxix,290-292— Giannettasio (N.). DelP igroma cistico del collo, contributo clinico ed isto-patolo- gico. Med. nuova, Roma, 1922, xiii, No. 5, 3; No. 6, 3.— Girou (J.). Kyste sereux du cou. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1914, n. s., xl, 710-713— Gobbi (L.). Contri- buto alio studio delle cisti congenite del collo. Policlin., Roma, 1923, xxx, sez. chir., 372-388, 1 pi.—Greggio (E.). Ueber die Halscysten. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1914, xxviii, 324-336.—Guyot & Daraignez. Kyste du cou a contenu laiteux. J. de m6d. de Bordeaux, 1923, liii, 248.— Hartmann (P.). Kyste congenital du cou. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1924, xxxviii, 487.—Hickel (P.). Tumeur amygdalolde polykystique du cou. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1924, xciv, 344-349. Also Ann. d'anat. path, med.-chir., Par., 1925, ii, 105-116.—Johnson (L. W.). A branchiogenic cyst. U. StatesNav. M. Bull., Wash., 1916, x, 105, 1 pi—de Josselin de Jong (R.). Ueber eine beson- dere Geschwulst des nervosen Gewebes (Cerebroma colli cysticum). Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1922, lxxi, 182-200, 2 pi.—Jura (V.). Cisti ematica del collo. Policlin., Roma, 1925, xxxii, sez. chir., 501-520.—Kahn (L.) & Graves (S.). Hygroma colli. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1918,lxvii, 71, 2 pi.—Kirmisson. Les kystes congenitaux du cou. Rev. internat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1914, xxv, 213-215 — Ladreyt (F.). Sur la dogenerescence epithfilio-lymphoma- teuse d'un kyste suppurfi de la region cervicale, d'origine dysembryoplasique. Bull, de l'Assoc. franc, p. l'6tude du cancer, Par., 1922, xi, 480-492.—Lefranc & Thiers (J.). Kyste congenital du cou a structure epithelio-lymphol'de. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1919, lxxxix, 296.—Lyle (H. H. M.). Cystic hygroma of the neck; excision. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1914,lx,398, lpl.—Marangonl (G.). Contributo alia conoscenza delle cisti congenite del collo. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1910, xxxi, 273.—Martlnottl (L.). Interessante osservazione di cisti multiple bilateralisimmetriche del collo. Gior. ital. di mal. ven., Milano, 1924, lxv, 19-25, 1 pi.— Mathews (F. S.). Hygroma of the neck. Tr. N. Y. Surg. Soc, Phila., 1913, ii, 352.—Morton (C. A.). Four cases of cysts in the neck of similar character, and possibly developed in connection with branchial clefts. Bristol M. Chir. J., 1911, xxix, 160-163.—Muggia (V.). Contributo alia cono- scenza della patogenesi delle cisti sierose congenite della re- gione laterale del collo. Folia gynaec, Pavia, 1917-18, xii, 263-270, 1 pi—Murphy (J. B.). Congenital cyst of neck extending into axilla; expectant treatment. Surg. Clin., Phila., 1916, v, 1-5.----- Degeneration cyst of neck (lymphadenitis); ablation. Ibid., 861-866.—Mygind (H.). Branchiogen Halscyste. Ugeskr. f. Laeger, K0benh., 1916, lxxviii, 203.—Nassettl (F.). Le cisti ematiche del collo (stu- dio anatomo-patologico e clinico). Clin, chir., Milano, 1917, xxv, 298-326.—Nathan & Stephen. Kyste congenital du cou. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1919, lxxxix, 281-283 — Panting (L. C). Cystic hygroma. Practitioner, Lond., 1914, xciii, 286-291— Piazza (E. L.). Contributo alio studio dei tumori policistici congeniti del collo. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1914, xxxv, 393-395.—Princeteau. Branchiome du cou. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1919, xlix, 366.—Raghavan (A. K.). A case of lymphatic cyst or hydrocele of the neck. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1924, lix, 30.—Romano (C). Le cisti congenite del collo; nota clinica di pediatria chirurgica. Pediatria, Napoli, 1919, xxvii, 790-804.—Rosatt (B.). Sulle cisti congenite del collo. Gazz. med. napolet., 1919, ii 315- 342— Sabrazes (J.) & Bonnin (H.). Sur la cytologie des epanchements laiteux provenant de kystes amygdaloldes du cou. Bull. del'Assoc. franc p. l'etude du cancer, Par., 1923 xii, 216-218—Santoro (A.). Sull' importanza della terza fessura branchiale nella formazione delle cisti congenite late- rali del collo. Morgagni, Milano, 1915, lvii, pt. 1, 183-191, 1 pi.—Savariaud. Volumineux kyste sereux congenital du cou; gangrene phemquee des doigts; disinfection de la peau par la teinture d'iode en chirurgie infantile. J. de med de Par 1910, 2. s., xxii, 625-627. ----- Volumineux kyste sereux congenital du cou. Med. inf., Par., 1910, vii, 193-196 — Simon (R.), Stulz (E.) & Fontaine (R.). Un cas de kyste amygdalolde du cou. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par , 1924 xciv, 249. ----- Les fistules et les kystes congenitaux de la region laterale du cou; a propos de trois cas personnels Arch, franco-beiges de chir., Brux., 1925, xxviii, 203-258- Smith (O. C). Hygroma cysticum colli and hygroma axil- lare. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, lxii, 522. Also reprint— Stincer (E.). Quiste branquial del cuello. Rev. de med y Neck (Tumors of, Cystic)—continued. cirug. de la Habana, 1918, xxiii, 295-297 —Stolz. Un kyste graisseaux du cou. Bull, et mem. Soc am it M> 539-542.—Durlau (G.) & yulette (J.). Lipomes profonds du cou a evolution thora- cique; accidents respiratoires et cardiaques; operation; gueri- son (deux observations). J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1911, ii, 625-629.—Frigerio (A.). Sifilide nervosa e lipomatosi cervi- cale simmetrica. Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1922, xxvii, 513-522.—Gelli (G.). Contributo alia conoscenza del collo grasso di Madelung. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1924,10 s 11, 86-93.—Gjesslng (E.). [An operated case of Madelung's cervical lipomatosis.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1914, 5. R., vii, 1230-1237.— Knowles (R.). Large gangrenous lipoma of the neck. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1911, xlvi, 303— MarscluK \S-C V111 von Madelungschem Fetthals. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1919, xxxii, 768. ----- Ueber die Beziehungen der Halshpome zu den oberen Luft- und S peisewegen. Arch f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl.. 1920, xxxiii, 642-653— Mau- clalre & Flipo. Lipome en pelerine de la base du cou. Bull. et mem. Soc anat. de Par., 1924, xciv, 455.—Poggiolini (A ) Lipomatosi simmetrica del collo. Gazz. internaz. di med ! Napoli, 1912 xv, 964-970.—Ramsay (G. C.). An unusually VSI6 supraclavicular lipoma. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1923, lym, 316-Roldan (A. D.). Lipoma profundo dei cuello simulando un quiste congenito. An. Fac' de med Montevideo, 1923-24, ix, 1051— Seraflno (F.). Sudiuncaso di lipoma congenito del collo. Riv. ospedal., Roma 1915 v J15"4!7-—Skulern (p. q.). Lipoma of neck; ablation. In- ternat. Clin., Phila., 1921,31.s.,iv, 68-70.—Tourneux (J -P ) & Lestrade. Fibro-lipome de la nuque. Bull, et mem Soc anat. de Par., 1921, xci, 421. Neck (Tumors of, Malignant). See, also, Neck (Cancer of). Bottger (C.). * Ueber Lymphosarkoma- tose der cervicalen Lymphdriisen. 8°. Miin- chen, 1908. NECK 37 NECK Neck (Tumors of, Malignant)—contd. Junge (E. W.). *Ein Fall von Angiosarkom (Peritheliom) am Halse bei einem 7 Monate alten Kinde. 8°. Kiel, 1906. Motjsnier (P.). *Fibro-sarcomes du cou extra-pharyngiens. 8°. Paris, 1906. Wullenweber (H.). *Ueber angeborene Halsgeschwiilste mit besonderer Beriicksichti- gung ihrer Malignitat. 8°. Berlin, 1913. Andrews (F. W.) & Branson (W. P. S.). Primary sar- coma of cervical lymphatic glands. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep., 1910, Lond., 1911, xlvi, 231.—Arrizabalaga (G.). Linfosar- coma recidivado del cuello, desaparecido bajo la action del radio; presentation del enfermo. Rev. med. d. Uruguay, Montevideo, 1915, xviii, 459-464.—Begouin. Deux cas de lympho-sarcome du cou: ablation chirurgicale associee a la radiumtherapie et a la radiotherapie. Arch, d'electr. med. exper., Bordeaux, 1914, xxiv, 641-644. Also transl., Strahlen- therapie, Berl. & Wien, 1914-15, Orig. v, 651-654.—Bergonic (J.) & Begouin. Lympho-sarcome du cou; ablation chirur- gicale associee a la radiumtherapie et a la radio-therapie. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1914, xxxv, 320.—Bevan (A. D.). Large ulcerating sarcoma of the neck. Surg. Clin. Chicago, Phila., 1918, ii, 475-478—Bryan (R. C). An ap- parent spontaneous cure of melano-sarcoma of the glands of the neck. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1918, xxiii, 543-545.—Butler (C). Sarcoma inoperable del cuello, curado por la radiumterapia. Rev. med. d. Uruguay, Monte- video, 1915, xviii, 487-493, 3 pi.—Cardarelli (A.). Sarcomi della parotide e delle ghiandole cervicali; linfosarcomatosi del Kundrat. Studium, Napoli, 1921, xi, 65-71.—Charbonnel & Lauret. Tumeur maligne (perithfiliome) du cou. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1911, xii, 426.—Coley (W. B.). Inopera- ble melanotic sarcoma of the neck; entire disappearance under accidental streptococcus infection; patient well more than three years. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1919, lxix, 652-654.—Drouet & Watrin (J.). Lympho-sarcome du cou. Bull. Soc. franc. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1925, xxxii (Reun. de Nancy), 41- 43—Eckel (J. L.) & Jacobs (W. F.). Malignant spheno- occipital chordoma; report of a case. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., Albany, 1925, lxi, 471-486—Fitzwilliams (D. C. L.). A case of sarcoma of the neck. Tr. M. Soc, Lond., 1909-10, xxxiii, 384.—Foucault (P.). Diagnostic des tumeurs malignes du cou. Arch, med.-chir. de Province, Tours, 1925, xv, 192; 242.—Frank (L. W.). Fibro-sarcoma of neck; case report. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1920, xviii, 363.—Gallo (E.). Su di un linfosarcoma del collo, operate Cron. di chir., Napoli, 1914, i, 9.—Got. Sarcome peritubaire avec pro- pagation ganglionnaire carotidienne chez un enfant de cinq ans. Bull, et mem. Soc de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1922), 1923, 66-68.—Hardouin (P.). Tumeur epitheliale poly- kystique du cou. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1910, lxxxv, 614.—Haret & Devois. Sur un cas de lymphosarcome atypique de la region cervicale ameliorfi par la radiotherapie penetrante. Bull, et mem. Soc. de radiol. mfid. de France, Par., 1923, xi, 166-168.—Hartmann (H.). Lymphosarcome ulcere envahissant toute la region laterale droite du cou; traitement par le radium; guerison. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 1421-1425.—Hartmann (P.). Lymphosarcome du cou. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1924, xxxviii, 422.—Hope (C. W. M.). Treatment of sarcoma of the neck; secondary to tonsil; by seleniol injections. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, Laryngol. Sect., 75.—Horsley (J. S.). Operations for malignant tumors of the neck. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1914, xix, 81-83.—Lewis (H. W.). Sarcoma. South. M. & S., Char- lotte, N. C, 1923, lxxxv, 33.—Lippens (A.). Volumineux sarcome du cou ayant envahi la region amygdalienne par la voie du triangle pharyngo-maxillaire; presentation de 1'opere apres deux ans et demi. J. de chir. et ann. Soc beige de chir., Brux., 1912, xii, 481-484,1 pi—Lory (G.) & Raiga (A.). Sarcome a petite cellules rondes de la region du cou. Bull, et mem. Soc anat. de Par., 1921, xci, 459-461.—Ludlow (A. I.). Spindle-cell sarcoma of the neck. China M. J., Shanghai, 1923, xxxvii, 145,2pl.—McKillop (L. M.). Myxo-sarcomaof the glands of the neck. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1921, ii, 456.—Massabuau, Milhaud & Guibal. Sarcome du cou a petites cellules chez un nourrisson. Bull. Soc. d. sc med. et biol. de Montpellier, 1922-23, iv, 76-78. Milian. Lympha- denome ulcere du cou simulant une gomme syphilitique. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1911, xxii, 340- 342— Monro (T. K.) & Wilson (G. H.). Malignant tumour of the neck, involving the spine and cervical and brachial plexuses. Glasgow M. J., 1914, lxxxii, 215-218.—Musella (M.). Linfosarcoma del collo in una bambina di cinque anni. Rinasc. med., Napoli, 1925, ii, 154-156.—Parreira (H.). Sar- coma fuso-cellular primitivo systematisado dos ganglios lym- phaticos cervicaes. Med. contemp.s Lisb., 1913, xxxi, 257- 260.—Roux-Berger (J.-L.). L'exerese chirurgicale des tu- meurs malignes de la region carotidienne. Presse med., Par., 1920, xxviii, 827.—Souligoux. Sarcome ganglionnaire du cou; traitement parleradium. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1916, n. s., xiii, 2901-2903— Tinker*(M. B.). The end results of treatment in certain forms of malignancy of the neck. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1922, lxxvi, 335-340.—Tourneux & Bosc. Sur un cas de lympho-sarcome du cou. Toulouse med., 1910,2. s., xii, 43-46.—Varneau (L.). Paralysielaryn- Neck (Tumors of, Malignant)—contd. gee associee (syndrome de Villaret) par branehiome malin. Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1924, xiv, 813-817.—Williamson (C. S.). Lymphosarcoma of the neck. Med. Clin. N. Am., Phila., 1919-20, iii, 1567-1579. Neck (Wounds and injuries of). See, also, Artery (Carotid, Wounds, etc., of); Larynx (Wounds, etc., of); Throat (Wounds, etc., of). Dognon (A.-E.). *Le traitement imm£diat des plaies profondes du cou. 8°. Paris, 1915. Ribeton (J.). *Etude clinique des douleurs k forme de decharge electrique cons^cutives aux traumatismes de la nuque. 8°. Paris, 1919. Veyfour (L.). *Contribution a l'etude de la chirurgie d'urgence des plaies du cou. 8°. Paris, 1922. Baird (B. D.). The management of a case of cut throat. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, lxvi, 1021— Bassin (J. N.). Prevention, rehabilitation, and medicolegal aspects of sprained neck. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Orange, 1924, xxi, 217-221.—Bertein (P.). Hypertrophie amygdalienne se- quelle de blessure de guerre du cou. Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1924, xiv, 357-362— Constantini & Vigot. Traite- ment des blessures des gros vaisseaux du cou et de leurs branches. Presse med., Par., 1918, xxvi, 51.—Crook (J. L.). Complete severance of the external carotid artery, anterior, external and internal jugular veins and sterno-mastoid muscle from razor cut; recovery. South. M. J., Birmingham, 1921, xiv, 475-479.—De Gaetano (L.). Ferita da punta e taglio di tutto il fascio nerveo-vascolare di sinistra; (carotide, giugu- lare, nervo vago); allacciatura della carotide primitiva e della giugulare interna, guarigione. Med. prat., Napoli, 1921, vi, 410-419.—Dervaux. Hemorragie mortelle par plaies des vaisseaux du cou produites par le rebord d'un vase de nuit. Arch, d'anthrop. crim., Lyon & Par., 1911, xxvi, 635-637.— Gault (F.). Du traitement des hemorragies des gros vais- seaux du cou par voie endopharyngee et voie externe com- binees. Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1920, xii, 242-246.— Gluck (T.). Ver'.etzungen der Luftwege und der Speise- rohre. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1915, xii, 391; 426.— von Hacker. Blutstillung bei Verletzung der grossen Hals- gefasse mit Hilfe der Aufklappung des Manubrium sterni. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1913, lxxxviii, 231-252. ----- Temporare Unterbindung der grossen Gefassstamme nach Sternumresektion beiJebensgefahrlicher Verletzung der Hals- gefasse. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Leipz., 1913, lxxxv, pt. 2, 430-432.—Hernandez (R. V.). Gangrena gaseosa de la region lateral del cuello; ulceration de la vena yugular interna; fistula faringo esofagica; curacion. Bol. y trab. de la Soc. de cirug. de Buenos Aires, 1923, vii, 181-187. Also Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1923, xxx, 1104.— Hustin (A.). Coup de couteau dans la nuque; fistule du canal cephalo-rachidien. Clinique, Brux., 1912, xxvi, 713- 715.—Lannois & Patel. De l'obliteration du sinus lateral comme procede d'hemostase veineuse dans les blessures de guerre de la rfigion cervicale superieure. Lyon chirurg , 1914-15, xii 513-538—Lannois, Sargnon & d'Auriac. Blessures de guerre du larynx, de la trachee et de 1'oesophage cervical. Lyon med., 1917, exxvi, 244-247.—Marchetti (G.). Contributo alia cura delle ferite da taglio interessanti tras ver- salmente la regione anteriore del colle ed accompagnate a lesioni della trachea e dell' esofago. Gazz. d'osp., Milano 1919, xl, 746— Marshall (H. W.). Neck injuries. Boston M. & S. J., 1919, clxxx, 93-98—MoreUe (A.). Operation plastique pour cicatrice vicieuse du cou. Ann. de l'lnst. chir. de Brux., 1913, xx, 65-71.—Moure & Canuyt (G.). Traitement chirurgical des stenoses cicatricielles du larynx et de la trachee dans les blessures de guerre. J. de med. de Bor- deaux, 1920,1,155.—Naville. Les irradiations lointaines dou- loureuses dans les traumatismes de la nuque. Ann. de mfid. leg., Par., 1925, v, 417-419.—Parlavecchio (G.). Grave ferita da taglio della regione sottoioidea, con larga apertura del faringe e sezione dell' epiglottide, curata con un metodo per- sonale. Med. prat., Napoli, 1918, iii, 178-181.—Perot & Lemonon. Traumatisme ferme du cou complique de frac- ture haute de la trachee; tracheotomie d'urgence; guerison. Lyon med., 1923, exxxii, 145-147.—Peters. Zwei interessante Halsverletzungen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1915, lxii, 1134—Petit (J.). Forte hemorragie par plaie de la region carotidienne; transfusion d'une tres petite quantity de sang citrate, guerison. Normandie med., Rouen, 1919-20, xxxi, 85-87.—Raoult (A.) & Tisserand. Un cas de section trau- matique du nerf recurrent et de la trachee. Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1919, xlvii, 49.—Tenani (O.). Ferita d'arrna da taglio trasversale al collo, interessante la trachea e 1'esofago; sutura della trachea e dell' esofago; tracheotomia; guarigione. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1914, xxxv, 1249-1251.—Thomas (R. H.). A crow-bar case. Med. Press, Lond., 1921, n. s., cxi, 71. ----- Another crow-bar case. Canad. J. M. & S , Toronto, 1921,1,7-9—Zamora (A. I.) & May (J.). Los pul- mones en los degollados. An. Fac de med., Montevideo. 1922-23, viii, 387-395. NECK 38 NECROSIS Neck (Wounds and injuries of, Gunshot). Fret (A.). *Eine seltene Schussverletzung des Halses mit Verletzung der Carotis com- munis. 8°. Tubingen, 1914. Albrecht (W.). Ueber Schussverletzungen des Halses. Arch. f. Ohren- Nasen- u. Kehlkopfh., Leipz., 1915, xcviii, 138-145.—Alessandri (R.). Su alcuni casi di ferite da arma da fuoco del collo. Atti d. clin. oto-rino-laringoiat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1917, xv, 267-280—Bass (F.). Ein Fall von Sympathikusliihmung und Larynxstenose nach Schussver- letzung des Halses. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1915, xiv, 5.—Bell (G.). Shell wound of left side of neck; injury of great vessels and division of vagus nerve; recovery and return to firing line. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1919,i, 604.—Boerner (E.). Penetrierende Schussverletzung der Speiserbhre und des Kehlkopfes mit Ausgang in Heilung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1920, xlvi, 264- 266.—Erkes (F.). Zur Kenntnis der Schussverletzungen der Luft- und Speisewege am Hals. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1918, cxlvii, 367-374. ----- Ueber Schussver- letzungen der Luft- und Speisewege am Hals. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1918, xiv, 370-372.—Ferreri (G.). Alc'une con- siderazioni sulle lesioni e sui traumi della laringe e della tra- chea in guerra. Policlin., Roma, 1916, xxiii, sez. prat., 101- 105.—Gatscher (S.). Querdurchschuss durch den Hals. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1918, lxviii, 1111.—Gluck (T.). Ver- letzungen der Luftwege und der Speiserohre. Behandl. von Kriegsverletz. u. Kriegskrankh. ind. Heimatlaz., Jena, 1915, pt. 1, 158-193.—Guisez (J.). Sequelles traumatiques de guerre du larynx, de la trachee et de l'cesophage au point de vue diagnostique. Bull, d'oto-rhino-laryngol., Par., 1919-20, n. s., xviii, 53-67.—Hartel (F.). Die Kriegs-Schussverlet- zungen des Halses. Ergebn. d. Chir. u. Orthop., Berl., 1919, xi, 471-622. ----- Halssteckschuss mit Gruppenlahmung des 7., 9., 10., 11. und 12. Hirnnerven und des Sympathikus. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1919, lxvi, 1502.—Hammer- schmidt. Halsteckschuss und Apoplexie. Monatschr. f. Unfallheilk., Leipz., 1921, xxviii, 179-181—Heitz (J.). Ev trasystolie avec paralysie de la corde vocale et troubles respi- ratoires prononces, consecutifs a une blessure du paquet vas- culo-nerveux gauche du cou. Arch. d. mal. du cceur [etc.], Par., 1919, xii, 193-206.—Hill (W.). Tracheal obstruction due to long latent cervical abscess following wound by shrapnel fragment. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1915, viii, Laryngol. Sect., 124.—Hlrsch (C). Zur Kasuistik der Halssteck- schiisse. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1919, xxxii, 161- 165.—Hofer (G.). Cardiospastische Erscheinungen, Parese des Musculus posticus rechts bei in der rechten Nackenmus- kulatur steckendem haselnussgrossem Projektilsplitter. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl., 1919, liii, 69-72— Imhofer (R.). DieTracheotomiebeiHalsschiissen. Ztschr. f. Laryn- gol., Rhinol. [etc.], Wiirzb., 1919^20, ix, 235-258—Korner (O.). Weitere Erfahrungen iiber Kriegsverletzungen des Kehlkopfs und des Nervus vagus. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Wiesb., 1915, lxxii, 125-132—Kofler (K.) & Friihwald (V.). Schussverletzungen des Larynx und der Trachea. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1915, xxviii, 1337-1344.—Laignel-Lavastine & Courbon (P.). Syndromesympathique cervical oculaire de paralysie avec hlmianidrose cervico-faciale et aphonie hysterique par blessure cervicale droite. N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1916-1918, xxviii, 343-352, 2 pi—Lannois (M.), Sargnon & Angles d'Auriac. Blessures du larynx, de la trachee et de 1 'o'sophage. Lyon chirurg., 1917, xiv, 213- 239.—Leischner. Steckschuss an der linken Halsseite. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1918, xxxi, 375.—McKenzie (D.). Paralysis of left vocal cord from bullet wound of neck. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1915-16, ix, Laryngol. Sect., 20 — Mayer (O.). Durchschuss des Halses. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl., 1915, xlix, 664.—Mocquot (P.). Plaies des gros vaisseaux du cou. Rev. de chir., Par., 1917, liv, 441-472.—Moure (E.-J.). Sur un cas de plaie du cou et de la trachee par eclat d'obus. Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1919, xl, 136-142.—Oberndorfer (S.). Schussverletzungen des Halses. Handb. d. arztl. Erfahr. im Weltkr., Leipz., 1921, viii, 414-426.—de Palma (A.). Ferita da palletta di shrap- nell al collo con lesione della carotide e della giugulare sinistre; guarigione, senza allacciatura, con fistola artero-venosa. Riv. ospedal., Roma, 1917, vii, 154-157— Pauchet (V.). Bles- sures des gros troncs vasculaires de la base du cou. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1919, xcii, 617-620.— PIcque (L.) & Rousseau- Langwelt. Troubles fonctionnels graves portant sur les movements de la tete, sur le cou, et consecutifs a une plaie du cou par balle. Bull, et mem. Soc. dechir. de Par., 1914, n. s., xl, 1236.—Potter (C). Case of gunshot wound of the neck with laryngeal symptoms for diagnosis and opinions as to treatment. Proc Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1915, viii, Laryn- gol. Sect., 116.—Ruttln (E.). Steckschuss im Halse. Mo- natschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl., 1916, 1, 300— Steiner (R.). Ueber Halsschiisse. Med. Klin., Berl., 1916, xii, 549 — Thost. Ueber Halsschiisse. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Wiesb., 1915, Orig., lxxiii, 207: 1920, lxxix, 190.-----Ste- nosen des Larynx und der Trachea nach Halsschiissen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1916, xiii, 806 — Viannay. Plaie vasculaire du cou par balle de revolver: section du tronc bi-cervio-scapulaire et blessure lateYale de 1'artere sous-claviere; intervention d'urgence; guerison. Loire med., St. Etienne, 1920, xxxiv, 233-236. Neckarsulmer (Karl) [1887- ]. *Ueber Plasmome des Skeletts. [Berlin.] 1 P- l-> 16 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig & Hamburg, L. Voss, 1913. Xeckels (Harry Wilhelm Peter) [1887- ]■ *Ungewohnlich grosse cartilaginare Exostosen. 22 pp. 8°. Leipzig, A. Edehnann, 1918. Necrobacillosis. Bauer (F. K.). *Zur Kenntnis der patho- genen Eigenschaften des Nekrosebazillus. 8°. Giessen, 1918. , ,. Alleaux. Frequence du bacille de la necrose dans les le- sions dites d'infection purulente chez le cheval. Hyg. de la viande [etc.], Evreux, 1910, iv, 361-364—Bruce (E. A.). An unusual case of necrobacillosis. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., Ithaca, 1917-18, Iii, 338.—Cesari(E.). Etude experimentale del'im- munisation contre le bacille de la necrose. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1921, lxxiv, 80: 1923, lxxvi, 454.—Chris- tiansen (M.). Embolische Nekrosen im Gehirn bei der Nekrobazillose der Kalber. Ztschr. f. Infektionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1921, xxii, 270-277—Grosso (G.). Le le- sioni prodotte dal bacillo della necrosi negli animali domes- tici; difterite dei vitelli; necrosi del fegato degli agnelli; forme necrotiche spontanee e sperimentali del coniglio. Clin, vet., Milano, 1917, xl, 241; 271—Howie (G.). Bacillary necrosis in the horse. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1918-19, xxxi, 169-172, 1 pi — Nolechek(W. F.). Necrobacillosis in horses and mules. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., Ithaca, 1918, liv, 150-155—Pesadori (G. E.). Contributo alio studio delle necrobacillosi; su di una forma epizootica specifica della capra. Clin, vet., Milano, 1913, xxxvi, 816-819.—Schlegel (M.). Generalisierte Nekro- bacillosis bei Pferden. Ztschr. f. Infektionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1921, xxii, 252. Necrophilism. Kobudzinski (J.). *Ueber Grab- und Lei- chenschandung bei Geisteskranken. 8°. Ko- nigsberg i. Pr., 1917. Berg. Nekrophilie Oder Leichenschandung im epilepti- schen Dammerzustand'! Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1913, xxvi, 681-693.—Griinthal (E.). Ein Fall von Leichen- fetischismus. Monatschr. f. Krim.-Psychol, [etc.], Heidelb., 1924, xv, 38-43.—Gurrieri (R.). Un caso tipico di necrofilia; interpretazione dell' art. 144 del codice penale. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1906, 8. s., vi, 121-142.—Hulst (J. P. L.). Nekrophily and nekrosadism. Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1922. xxxix, 156-170.—Kiernan (J. G.). Necrolagny as a phase of mentality. Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1923, xxvii, 1-3.— Montalti (A.). Un caso di necrofilia. Cesalpino, Arezzo, 1914, x, 7-16, 1 ch. Necropsies. See Autopsies; Cadaver; Coroners. Necrosis. See, also, Brain (Necrosis of); Fat (Necrosis of); Necrobacillosis; Phosphorus (Necrosis from). Amsler (C). Eigentiimliche Nekrosen in der Leber und in der Rinde der Nebennieren eines nicht ganz ausgetragenen, neugeborenen Kindes. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1912, xxiii, 817-822.—Bolognesi (G.). La necro- biose provoquee par le courant electrique. Arch. ital. de biol., Pise, 1915, lxiv, 149-164— Calleja (C). Metodo immuni- zante antinecrosico. Siglo med., Madrid, 1919, lxvi, 513; 536— Elizalde (P.-L). Caracteres distinctifs entre les tissus de granulation tuberculeux et syphilitiques dans les lesions necrotiques. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1920, lxxxiii, 1502—Glass (E.) & Kriiger (Emilie). Weitere experimen- telle Forschungsergebnisse zur Tintenstiftnekrose. Zen- tralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1925, Iii, 571-573.—Guerrini (G.). Sull' azione necrotizzante del siero di bove. Pathologica, Genova, 1912-13, v, 388-391—Heusner (R.). Experimen- telle Untersuchungen zur Lehre der Mediannekrosen, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Einfluss der Nervi depres- sores auf Sie. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1914, lviii, 88-129— Kuttner. Ueber Verschuttungsnekro- sen ganzer Extremitaten und andere Formen der chirurgi- schen Nekrose und Gangran. Deutsche med. Wchnschr , Leipz. & Berl., 1919, xiv, 702— Ople (E. L.) & Alford (L. B.). The influence of diet upon necrosis caused by hepatic and renal poisons; diet and the nephritis caused by potassium! chromate, uranium nitrate, or chloroform. J. Exper M Lancaster 1915, xxi, 21-37— Poujol (G.). Les troubles de nutrition; la necrose. Bull. med. de l'Algerie, Alger, 1911, xxii, 5-20— Ribbert (H.). Die funktionelle Brauchbarkeit nekrotischer Stutzgewebe. Deutsche med. Wchnschr Leipz. & Berl., 1915, xii, 333-335.—Schwarz (L.). Ueber einen Fall von, herdformigen Nekrosen in der-Leber und Nebenniere einer erwachsenen Frau. Virchow's Arch f Path Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1925, cclv, 360-372.—Stockman (G. C). Necrosis and its treatment. Railway Surg J NECROSIS 39 NEEDLES Necrosis—continued. Chicago, 1912-13, xix, 90-96.—Taylor (H. D.) Neil (Archibald-A.). *Recherches dans la serie des azoxines. 92 pp. 8°. Geneve, Hinder- berger freres, 1906. Neil (James) [1848-1914]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1914, i, 1434: ii, 49. Also Lancet, Lond., 1914, i, 1846. Neil (James Hardie). Field ambulance organiza- tion and administration, viii, 125 pp. 8°. London, H. K. Lewis & Co., 1919. Neild (James Edward) [1824-1906]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 811, port. Neill (A. S.). The problem child. 256 pp. 8°. London, H. Jenkins [1926]. Neill (John) [1819-1880] & Smith (Francis Gurney). An analytical compendium of the various branches of medical science for the use and examination of students. A new ed., re- vised and improved. 974 pp. 8°. Philadel- phia, H. C. Lea, 1866. See, also, Yarrow (H. C). Personal recollections of some old medical officers. Mil. Surgeon, Wash., 1927, lxi, 204-210. Neill (Robert M.). Microscopy in the service of man. 256 pp. 16°. New York, H. Holt & Co. [1926]. Home Univ. Lib. Modern Knowledge, No. 115. Neimann (Hermann) [1890- ]. *Beitrag zur Svmptomatologie der Paranoia chronica. 33 pp. 8°. Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1919. Neimark (Dina) [1883- ]. *Der Herz'sche Blutdruckapparat im Vergleich mit dem von Riva-Rocci und dem von Recklinghausen. 23 pp. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1911. Neimeier (A.). *Die badische Rinderzucht und der Grenzverkehr unter besonderer Wiirdigung der Zollpolitik. [Bern.] 110 pp. 8°. Basel, Buchdr. Brenner, 1906. Neirac (Jean) [1885- ]. *Des luxations me- tacarpo-phalangiennes de l'index. 55 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Montpellier, 1914. No. 76. Neis (Carl) [1886- 1. *Ueber intraperito- neale Pfahlungsverletzungen. [Gottingen.] 16 pp. 8°. Neumiinster, R. Hieronymus, 1918. Neis (Pierre) [1899- ]. *Goutte aigue du rhinopharynx. 35 pp. 8°. Paris, 1925. No. 325. Neisser (Albert Ludwig Siegmund) [1855-1916]. Ueber die Bedeutung der Lupuskrankheit und die Notwendigkeit ihrer Bekampfung. 16 pp., 1 1., 8 pi. 8°. Leipzig, W. Klinkhardt, 1908. ---- Bericht iiber die unter finanzieller Bei- hiilfe des deutschen Reiches wahrend der Jahre 1905-1909 in Batavia and Breslau ausgefuhr- ten Arbeiten zur Erforschung der Syphilis. xii, 624 pp. roy. 4°. Berlin, J. Springer, 1911. Forms vol. 37 of Arb. a. d. kais Gesundheitsamte. ---- Ueber modern Syphilistherapie mit beson- derer Beriicksichtigung des Salvarsans. 46 pp., 8°. Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1911. Forms Heft 1., v. 1, of Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Dermat. [etc.], ----- Syphilis und Salvarsan; nach einem auf dem Internationalen medizinischen Kongress in London im August 1913 gehaltenen Vortrag. 42 pp. 8°. Berlin, J. Springer, 1913. NEISSER Neisscr (Albert Ludwig Siegmund)—continued. ---- Die Geschleehtskrankheiten und ihre Be- kampfung, Vorschlage und Forderungen fiir Aerzte, Juristen und Soziologen. xii, 331 pp., port. 8°. Berlin, J. Springer, 1916. For Festschrift see vol. 84 (1907) of Archiv fiir Dermatologie und Syphilis, Wien & Leipzig. For biography see Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1916, cxxiii, Orig., pp. ix-lxiv (T. Veiel). Also Bl. f. Volksgsndhtspfl, Berl., 1927, xxvii, 189 (J. Jadassohn). Also Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1916, xxviii, 320 (R. C. L.). Also Dermat. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Hamb., 1916, lxiii, 879-886 (A. Buschke). Also Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Bed., 1916, xiii, 1078, port. (Blaschko). Also Hosp.-Tid., Krfbenh., 1916, 5. R., ix, 799 (H. Boas). Also Hygiea, Stockholm, 1916, lxxviii, 1401-1407, port. (J- Reenstierna). Also Lancet, Lond., 1916, ii, 766. Also Med. Klin., Berl., 1916, xii, 914 (F. Pinkus). Also Mitt. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. z. Bekampf. d. Geschlechtskr., Leipz., 1916, xiv, 77-83 (A. Blaschko). Alio Naturwissenschaften, Berl., 1916,iv, 609-613 (C. Brack). Also Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Kristiania, 1916, lxxvii, 1382-1388 (K. Gr«Sn). Also Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild. Jena, 1916, xiii, 519; 545 (R. Ledermann). Neisser (Clemens). Psychiatrische Gesichts- punkte in der Beurteilung und Behandlung der Fursorgezoglinge. 45 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1907. For biography see Psychiat.-neurol. Wchnschr., Halle a. S., 1926, xxviii, 205-209 (J. Bresler). Neisser (E. J.). Internationale Uebersicht iiber Gewerbehygiene, nach den Berichten der Ge- werbe-Inspektionen der Kulturlander. xv, 352 pp., 1 pi., 2 diagr. 8°. Berlin, Gutenberg, 1907. Neisser (Hedwig Paula Marie) [1897- ]. * Ueber Gasbildung aus Glyzerin durch Bakte- rien der Coli-Gruppe. 27 pp., 1 tab. 8°. Breslau, D. Guttmann, 1925. Neissl (Wilhelm M.). Vademecum for the prac- ticing physician; containing synonyms, defini- tions, symptomatology [etc.]. 360 pp., 1 1. 16°. St. Louis, W. M. Neissl, 1911. Neiswanger (Charles Sherwood) [1849- ]. Electro-therapeutical practice; a ready refer- ence guide for physicians in the use of electric- ity. 80 pp. 12°. Chicago, E. H. Colegrove & Co., 1895. ---- The same. 18. ed. 1 p. 1., 302 pp. 8°. Chicago, Ritchie & Co., 1912. ---- The same. 19. ed. 2 p. 1., 371 pp. 8°. Chicago, 1918. ---- The same. 21. ed. 2 p. 1., 394 pp., port. 8°. Chicago, Ritchie & Co. [1920]. ---- The same. 23. ed. 2 p. 1., 345 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Chicago, Ritchie & Co., 1925. Neitzert (Hans) [1894- ]. *Tranensack-und Tranendrusen-Operationen im Vereinslazarett der Universitats-Augenklinik zu Heidelberg unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Ope- rationen nach Kriegsverletzungen. 23 pp. 8°. Heidelberg, H. Dorr, 1919. Neitzsch (Wilhelm) [1879- ]. *Ueber Pla- centa praevia. 56 pp., 1 1. 8°. Erlangen, E. F. Jacob, 1905. Neiva (Arthur). *Da stovaina. 62 pp. roy. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, de Rodrigues & Co., 1905. Nekrassoff Motoviloff (Zenaide). *Diverticule inferieur de l'cesophage et diverticule du rec- tum. 53 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Lausanne, 1906. Nekritsch (Feiga) [1883- ]. *Zur Behand- lung des Nabelschnurvorfalles. 34 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, C. Siebert [1908]. Nel (Philips R.) [1879- ]. *Ueber die Blutge- rinnung bei Gesunden und Kranken. 62 pp. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1912. Nel (Raoul). *De l'ectopie testiculaire par ascen- sion de la glande. 58 pp., 1 tab. 8°. Paris, 1904. No. 8. Nel xxv anno d'insegnamento universitario del Prof. D. Barduzzi fmdccclxxxvi-mcmx. 1. v. 8°. Livorno, 1911. NKLSON Nelaton (Auguste) [1807-1873]. Asbhurst (A. P. C). [Biouruphy.l Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1907-s, xx,24«-25l—Chauveau (C). Nelaton; son role en rhinologie. An h. interna. ,1921, xix, 232-249— Leriche(R.). Delanevro- tomiesous-peritoneale du nerf obturateur. Lyon med., 1914, cxxii, 1459-1462.—Selig (R.). Vorschlag zur extraperitonea- len Resektion des Nervus obturatorius bei Spasmen der Ad- duktoren. Ztschr. f. ang. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1913, i, 97. ----- Die intrapelvine extraperitoneale Resektion des Ner- vus obturatorius und anatomische Studien fiber die Topo- graphic dieser Nerven. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1914, ciii, 994-1011. Nerve (Occipital). Ducoste (M.). Le syndrome du grand nerf occipital. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1915, xxxvi, 97-101. Nerve (Oculo-motor). See, also, Eye (Paralysis of). Baba (S.). Ueber die Gegend des Oculomotoriuskernes beim Elefanten. Arch. f. Ophth., Berl., 1925, cxvi, 324-326 — Bartels. Abduzens-, Trochlearis- und Okulomotoriuskerne, die nicht der Augenbewegung dienen. Ber. u. d. Versamml. d. deutsch. ophth. Gesellsch., Munchen, 1922, xliii, 6-8. [Discussion], 11.—Biondi (G.). Osservazioni sullo sviluppo e sulla struttura dei nuclei d'origine dei nervi oculomotore e trocleare nel polio. Riv. ital. di neuropat. [etc.], Catania, 1910-11, iii, 302-327.—Boughton (T. H.). The increase in the number and size of the medullated fibers in the oculo- motor nerve of the white rat and of the cat at different ages. J. Comp. Neurol. & Psychol., Granville, Ohio, 1906, xvi, 153- 165.—Brouwer (B.). Klinisch-anatomische Untersuchung fiber den Oculomotoriuskern. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Berl., 1918, Orig., xl, 152-189—Cary (E. H.). Re- lation of the third nerve to the sphenoidal sinus. Texas State J. M., Fort Worth, 1923-24, xix, 675-677—Cavazzanl (E.). Contribution a l'etude du noyau de l'oculo-moteur commun. Arch, ital.debiol., Pise, 1917,lxvii, 105-112.—Duran Arrom. Caso clinico de destruction de nucleos de algunas ramas del motor ocular eomun. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1917, cxvii, 63.—Hornowski (J.). Un cas d'etranglement du nerfdelaiii<»paire. L'encephale, Par., 1911, i, 543.—Hunter (J. I.). The oculomotor nucleus of Tarsius and Nycticebus. Brain, Lond., 1923, xlvi, 38-48.—Lenz. Untersuchungen fiber das Kerngebiet des Oculomotorius. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1924, liii, 238— Malagodl (A.). Un altro contributo alia fisiologia dell' oculo-motore comune dell' uomo. Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1919, xxiv, 99-103.—Marchand (L.) & Olivier (M.). Sarcome latent du nerf moteur oculaire com- mun. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1905, lxxx, 764.— Mufioz Urra (F.). Ueber die embryonare Entwicklung des Oculomotoriuskerns. Arch. f. Ophth., Berl., 1921, cvii, 123-147.—Neiding (M.) & Frankfurther (W.). Ueber das Vorkommen des Edinger-Westphal'schen Kerns bei einigen Saugetieren und seine Bedeutung. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1911, xxx, 1282-1293—Nicholls (G. E.). On the oc- currence of an intracranial ganglion upon the oculo-motor nerve in Scyllium canicula, with a suggestion as to its bearing upon the question of the segmental value of certain of the cranial nerves. Proc. Roy. Soc , Lond., 1915, 2. B, lxxxviii, 553-568— Vandegrlft (G. W.). Syphilitic manifestations of the oculomotor nerve. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1918, xxxi, 41-44.—Velter (E.). Conceptions actuelles sur les troubles oculo-moteurs associes: paralysies et troubles toniques. Rev. d'oto-neuro-ocul., Par., 1923, i, 241; 299. Nerve (Olfactory). See, also, Nervus terminalis; Smell (Sense of, Disordered). Sulze (W.). *Ueber die elektrische Reak- tion des Nervus olfactorius des Hechtes auf Doppelreizung. 8°. Bonn, 1909. Also in Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1909, cxxvii, 57-73. Anglade & Robert. Sur quelques details de la structure histologique du nerf olfactif. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1907, xxxvii, 73.—Brookover (C.) & Jackson (T. S.). The olfac- tory nerve and the nervus terminalis of Ameiurus. J. Comp. Neurol., Phila., 1911, xxi, 237-259. ----- The development of the olfactory nerve and its associated ganglion in Lepidos- teus. Ibid., 1914, xxiv, 113-130—Brubaker (A. F.). The vaso-motor and secreto-motor nerve mechanism of the nasal chambers; a consideration ofthe anatomy and physiology of the olfactory nerve. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1917, xxvii, 207.—Burr (H. S.). Some experiments on the transplanta- tion of the olfactory placode in Amblystoma; an experi- mentally produced aberrant cranial nerve. J. Comp. Neu- rol., Phila., 1924-25, xxxvii, 455-479— Cameron (J.) & Milli- gan (W.). The development ofthe olfactory nerves in verte- brates. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond., 1914, Sect, xv, Rhinol. & Laryngol., pt. 2, 451-465.—Cerlettl (U.). Die Mastzellen als regelmassiger Befund im Bulbus olfactorius des normalen Hundes. Folia neuro-biol., Leipz., 1911, v, 718-722,1 pi—Fischer (B.). Vollstandiger Defekt des Olfac- torius bei einer 58jahrigen Frau. Sitzungsb. d. nied.-rhein. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. zu Bonn (1905), 1906, med. Abt., Nerve (Olfactory)—continued. 32 —Haga (J.). [Unilateral absence of the olfactory tjactj Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1915, ii, 245<>-245-!. Jatta (G.). La vera origine del nervo olfattivo nei ceiaio- podi. Boll. d. Soc di nat. in Napoli, 1887, i, 92.-Kyle (J. J.) Some observations upon the cribriform plate ana onaciory nerve in man and certain animals. Laryngoscope, bt. i>ouis, 1911, xxi, 1131-1135, 1 pi.—Locy (W. A.). New facts regard- ing the development of the olfactory nerve. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1899, xvi, 273-290.-Read (Effie A.). The true relation of the olfactory nerves of man, dog, and cat. Anat. Kecora, Phila., 1908-9, ii, 107.—Spadaro (R.). Contributo alio studio del bulbo olfattorio in alcuni mammifen e verteDrati inferior!. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1925, xxxvi, 617- 697 i pi —Weiss-Florentin & Brunner. Zur postembryo- nal^ Entwicklung des menschlichen Bulbus olfactorius. Ztschr. f. Hals-, Nasen- u. Ohrenh., Munchen & Berl., 1925, xii, 367-372. [Discussion], 377. Nerve (Ophthalmic). AUis (E P ) The ophthalmic nerves of the gnathostome fishes. J. Comp. Neurol., Phila., 1919, xxx, 69-79.-de Beer (G R) Note on placodes of the ophthalmic nerves. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1923-24, lxviii, 661-665. Nerve (Optic). See, also, Eye; Retina. Magitot (A.). Contribution a l'etude de la circulation arterielle et lymphatique du nerf optique et du chiasma. 8°. Paris, 1908. Ravon (G.). Contribution a l'etude histo- rique du nerf optique et de la retine (anatomie, physiologie, pathologie). [Lyon.] 8°. Gri- gnais, 1914. Sjaap (M.). *Vezelverloop in netvlies en oogzenuw. [The course of the nerve fibres in the retina and the optic nerve.] 8°. Amster- dam, 1923. Abelsdorff (G.). Zur Frage der Existenz gesonderter Pu- pillarfasern im Sehnerven. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1919, lxii, 170-175—Ariens Kappers (C. U.). [Phe- nomena of neurobiotaxis in the optical system.] Psychiat. en neurol. Bl., Amst., 1917, xxi, 320-365, 9 pi. Also transl., In Libro en honor de Ramon y Cajal, Madrid, 1922, i, 267-313 — Barbierl (N. A.). Sur le nerf optique laminaireet sur le nerf optique ganglionnaire. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc., Par., 1917, clxv, 677-680.—Bartels (M.). Ueber Primitivfibrillen in den Achsencylindern des Nervus opticus und fiber die Wertung varicoser Achsencylinder. Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1908, lix, 168-177,1 pi. ----- Ueber Fibrillen und Fibrillensaure in den Nervenfasern des Optikus. Ber. u. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1907, Wiesb., 1908, xxxiv, 56-66.—Beau- vieux & Gouelmino (R.). Remarques anatomiques sur les vaisseaux centraux de la retine et du nerf optique. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1924, xc, 1241— Beauvieux & Rls- tltch (K.). Les vaisseaux centraux du nerf optique; etude anatomique. Arch, d'opht., Par., 1924, xii, 352-369—Bed- narskl (A.). Del'excavation physiologiquedu nerf optique. Ibid., 1925, xiii, 5-12.—Behr (C). Ueber Lymphbahnen und Saftstromung im Optikus. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch., Heidelb. 1911, Wiesb., 1912, xxxvii, 210-223 — ----- Beitrage zur Anatomie und Physiologie des gliosen Gewebes im Sehnerven. Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1914, lxxxix, 1-28.—Berger (E.). Nachtrag zu meiner Arbeit: Ueber die mit Hilfe des Stereoskopes nachweisbare Verschie- denheit der Lokalisation zwischen den in den gekreuzten und ungekreuzten Sehnervenfasern fortgeleiteten Gesichtsem- pfindungen. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1914, clviii, 623-625.—Calderaro (S.). Ricerche sperimentali sulla ecci- tabilita del nervo ottico nell' uomo. Clin, ocul., Palermo, 1909, x, 3597-3607.—Cantonnet (A.). Le nerf optique, manometre du liquide cephalo-rachidien. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1922, xxxvi, 487.—Coats (G.). A case showing enlargement of the anastomoses about the nerve entrance. Ophth. Rev., Lond., 1911, xxx, 44-48.—Collin (R.). Sur la nevToglie du nerf optique chez l'homme. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1920, lxxxiii, 156-158 — Davis (W. T.). The optic nerve. Ophth. Literature, Den- ver, 1922, xviii, 366-392.—Dupuy-Dutemps. Trajet des faisceaux direct et croisS dans le nerf optique. Bull, et mem. Soc franc d'opht., Par., 1911, xxviii, 526-535.—Feilchenfeld (H.). Ueber diespezifischeEnergiedes Sehnerven. Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1910, lxvii, 45-52.—Forti (N.). Sulle alte- razioni del nervo ottico in contatto di soluzione di nicotina. Arch, di ottal., Napoli, 1908-9, xvi, 331-338, 2 pi— Frenkel (H.). Sur les relations des affections familiales du nerf op- tique avec celles du systeme nerveux. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh., Leipz., 1913, xxxvii, 243-260.—Gebb (H.). Ueber den Gefass verlauf im Bereich einer umschriebenen Gruben- bildung des Sehnervenkopfes. Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1910,lxvii,278-280, lpl.—Gerard (G.). Lenerfoptiqueetles voies optiques. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1911, xv, 37-43.— Gradle (H. S.). The intraneural course of the optic nerve fibers. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. [etc.], Chicago, 1923, xxviii, 234-242.—Gulzzetti (P.). Su alcuni particolari del recesso ottico e della superficie anteriore del chiasma nell' uomo NERVE ' 57 NERVE Nerve (Optic)—continued. Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1924, xxxv, 249-262—von Hess (C ) Ueber Sehfasern und Pupillenfasern im Sehnerven. Med Klin , Berl., 1922, xviii, 1214-1216—van der Hoeve (J.). Die Bedeutung des Gesichtsfeldes fiir die Kenntnis des Ver- laufs und der Endigung der Sehnervenfasern in der Netzhaut. Arch f. Ophth., Berl., 1919, xcviii, 243-251—Igersheimer (J ) Die Bedeutung des Gesichtsfeldes fiir die Kenntnis des Veriaufs und der Endigung der Sehnervenfasern in der Netz- baut. Ibid., 1919-20,ci, 105-110— KuscheKJ.). DieVerzie- hungen des Sehnerveneintritts durch die Ueberdehnungen am hinteren Augenpole. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1910, xxiv 488-511.—Leoz Ortin. Sobre injertos nerviosos en el optico. Arch, de oftal. Hispano-Am., Barcel., 1914, xiv, 682-703.—Niessl von Mayendorf (E.). Ueber den Eintritt der Sehbahn in die Hirnrinde. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1907, xxvi, 786-789.—Ortin (L.) & Arcaute (L. R.). Procesos regenerativos del nervio optico y retina con ocasion de ingertos nerviosos. Trab. d. lab. de invest, biol. Univ. de Madrid, 1913, xi, 239-254.—Pes (O.). Problemi e ricerche sull' isto- genesi del nervo ottico. Biologica, Torino, 1906, i, 33-56,1 pi. Also reprint.—Pick (A.). Historisches zur Lehre von der topographischen Anordnung in den Sehbahnen und -zentren. Neurol.Centralbl., Leipz., 1918,xxxvii,70— Pollmanti (O.). Contribution a la physiologie de la tache aveugle de Mariotte. J. de psychol. norm, et path., Par., 1908, v, 289-302 — Posey (W. C). The significance of changes in the optic nerve in certain affections of the cerebrospinal system. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, 1, 97-99— Preisig (H.). Sur l'entrecroisement du nerf optique. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1910, xxx, 674-679.—Rossi (O.). Sulla rigene- razione del nervo ottico. Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1909, xiv, 145-150. Also transl., J. f. Psychol, u. Neurol., Leipz., 1912, xix, 160-186.—Schaeffer (J. P.). The anatomic rela- tions of the optic nerve and commissure to the paranasal sinuses. Tr. Coll. Phys., Phila., 1920, 3. s., xiii, 325-338 — Schieck (F.). Ueber die Verbindung der perivascularen Raume im Axialstrange mit dem Zwischenscheidenraum des Opticus. Arch. f. Ophth., Berl., 1924, cxiii, 157-159.—Seidel (E.). Experimentelle Untersuchung fiber die Lage der Ver- sorgungsgebiete der Nervenfasern des Sehnervenstammes in der Netzhaut des Menschen. Ibid., 1919, c, 168-178—Stohr (P.). Ueber die Innervation der Pialscheide des Nervus op- ticus beim Menschen. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1922, lv, 298-302 — von Szily (A.). Ueber atypiscbe Sehnervenfasern. Ibid., 1907, xxx, 363-368.—Taterka (H.). Untersuchungen am Nervus opticus mit Leducschem Strome. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychol., Berl., 1921, Orig., lxvi, 258-272— Tello (F.). La regeneration dans les voies optiques. Trav. d. Lab. de recherches biol. de l'Univ. de Madrid, 1907, v, 237- 248.—Tiirck (L.). Ueber Kompression und Ursprung der Sehnerven. Jahrb. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Leipz. & Wien, 1910, xxxi, 89-94.—WaUis (G. F. C). Some observations upon the anatomical relations of the optic nerves and chiasma to the sphenoid bone. Practitioner, Lond., 1917, xcviii, 41- 52.—Wilbrand (H:). Gedanken fiber die Notwendigkeit einer Partialkreuzung der Sehnervenfasern im Chiasma. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1925, lv, 371-373—Yamaguchi. [The glands in the optic nerve.] Nippon Gankwa Gakukwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1906, x, 599-605.—Young (G.). The relation of the optic nerve to the sphenoidal and posterior ethmoidal sinuses. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1922, ii, 1258. Nerve (Optic, Abnormities of). Anton (A. F. W.). *Pathologisch-anato- mische "Beitrage zur Missbildungslehre des Sehnerveneintritts, zur Kasuistik der psam- mosen Endotheliome des Sehnerven und der Epidermoidcysten der Orbita. 8°. Leipzig, 1915. Heckschen (F. J. H.). *Casuistischer Bei- trag zu den Missbildungen am Eintritt des Sehnerven. 8°. Munchen, 1913. Alt (A.). Bone tissue in the optic nerve, pia mater, and dura mater sheaths. Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1916, xxxiii, 71-75.—Bayer (F.). Angeborene Zwergpapille der Sehner- ven. Cor.-Bl. d. Ver. deutsch. Aerzte in Reichenberg, 1917, xxx, No. 7, 1— Bloch (H.). Ueber abnormen Verlauf der Papillengefasse. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1906, xliv, 413-418.—Clarke (E.). An unusual arrangement of opaque nerve-fibers. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, Ophthalmol. Sect., 102,1 pi—Fehr. Zur Pigmentierung des Sehnerven. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh., Leipz., 1909, xxxiii, 65-71.—Fejer (J.). Abnorme Pigmentation der Sehnervenpapille. Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1907, lviii, 290. -----• Ueber Pigmentation, markhaltige Nervenfasern des Sehnervenkopfes. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1918, lxi, 448-454.—Fuchs (E.). Ueber Anomalien der Blut- gefasse im Sehnerveneintritt. Ibid., 1923, lxxi, 583-589 — Hack (R.). Eine seltene Missbildung am Sehnervenein- tritt. Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1909, lxiii, 312-314, 1 pi — Hawley (C. W.). Congenital absence of optic disk. Ann. Ophth., St. Louis, 1911, xx, 448—von Hippel. Ungewohn- liche Heterotopie markhaltiger Nervenfasern. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. deutsch. ophth. Gesellsch., Munchen, 1924, xliv, 286.—Juler (F.) & Man (Ida C). A congenital anom- aly of the optic nerve. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., Nerve (Optic, Abnormities of)—contd. 1922, xiii, 87-101, 2 pi—Lechner (C. S.). Pigmentatio papillae nervi optici. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1908, ii, 796-802—Libby (G. F.). Medullated nerve fibers involving the macula. Am. J. Ophth., Chicago, 1925, 3. s., viii, 713.—Masuda. Ein Fall von eigentiimlichem Bin- degwebsstrang um die Papille. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1913, n. F., xv, 452-454.—Menacho. La pigmenta- tion congenitale du nerf optique. Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1917, cliv, 296-299.—Neeper. Annular pigmentation of nerve head. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1910, xix, 260.—Nehl (F.). Netzhautelemente im Optikusstamm. Stud. z. Path. d. Entwcklng., Jena, 1913-14, i, 257-262.—Nielsen (J.). Pits on the optic disc. Acta ophthalmol., K0benhavn, 1924-25, ii, 291-293.—Oguchi (C). Zur Anatomie der angeborenen Pigmentierung im Sehnerven. Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1909, lxiii, 160-162, 2 pi.—Paton (L.). Congenital malforma- tion of the optic disc. Tr. Ophth. Soc U. Kingdom, Lond., 1914, xxxiv, 301.—Reis (W.). Eine wenig bekannte typische Missbildung am Sehnerveneintritt: Umschriebene Gruben- bildung auf der Papilla n. optici. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1908, xix, 505-528.—Scheerer (R.). Pigmentzellenbefunde im Sehnerven. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1922, lxix, 583-591. ----- Beitrag zur Frage der sogenannten abirrenden Sehnervenfasern. Ibid., 1923, lxxi, 674-678.— Schwarz (O.). Ein Fall von mangelhafter Bildung (Hypo- plasie) beider Sehnerven. Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1915, xc, 326-328, 1 pi.—de Schweinitz (G. E.). Anomalous excava- tion of the optic disk. Ann. Ophth., St. Louis, 1911, xx, 673.—Sneed (C. M.). Angeborene Optikusteilung an der Schadelbasis. Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1914, lxxi, 117-119. Also transl., Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1915, xliv, 418-420—Star- gardt. Ueber eine Missbildung am Sehnerveneintritt (Gru- benbildung). Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1919, xiv, 1374.—von Szily (A.). Beitrage zu den embryolo- gischen Grundlagen der Missbildungen des Auges; Erklarung der angeborenen umschriebenen Loch- oder Grubenbildun- gen an der Papille. Ber. u. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesell- sch. (Heidelb.), Wiesb., 1913, xii, 344-347. —— Das Problem der Augenbecherspalte—seine Beziehung zur nor- malen Entwicklung und zu den Missbildungen der Papilla nervi optici. Ibid., 1920, Munchen & Wiesb., 1921, xiii, 200- 209.—Triebenstein (O.). Ueber Heterotopie des Sehnerven und. der Fovea centralis. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1919, lxii, 442-455.—Van Lint. Hole in the papilla. Am. J. Ophth., Chicago, 1920, 3. s., iii, 361.—Weill (P.). Ein Fall von doppelseitiger tiefer Exkavation der Sehnerven- papille bei vbllig erhaltener normaler Sehscharfe. Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1919,lxxxv, 164-167.—WiUiams (C). Hole in the disc. Ann. Ophth., St. Louis, 1913, xxii, 638-640, 1 pi.—Zade (M.). Zwei eigenartige Falle von kongenitaler Anomalie des Sehnerveneintrittes. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1907, xiv, 43^441,1 pi. Nerve (Optic, Atrophy of). Behr (C). Das Verhalten und die diagnostische Bedeu- tung der Dunkeladaptation bei den verschiedenen Erkran- kungen des Sehnervenstammes; die atrophischen Zustande des Sehnerven. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1915, lv, 449-473. ----- Ueber die Ernahrung des Sehnerven in physiologischer Beziehung und als Ursache der Unheilbarkeit der tabischen Sehnervenatrophie. Ibid., 1917, lix, 241-263.— Brown (S.H.). Four cases of optic atrophy. Med. & Surg. Rep. Episc Hosp., Phila., 1916, iii, 263-278.—Buchanan (L.). Some cases resembling atrophy of the optic nerves which recover under treatment. Glasgow M. J., 1911, lxxv, 109-112.—Burns (H. R.). Optic atrophy. Ann. Ophth., St. Louis, 1917, xxvi, 333-335.—Camerer (B.) & McCIintock (G L). A report of two cases of optic atrophy. U. States Nav.' M. Bull., Wash., 1920, xiv, 641-644—Eason (H. L.). A case of partial optic atrophy. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1908, xxii, 307-311.—Gomez (V.). Un caso interesante de atrofia partial de ambos nervios opticos. Rev. med. cubana, Habana, 1908,xiii,260-262.—Hansell(H. F.). Aninfrequent type of optic nerve atrophy. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, li 290-292. -----• Acute, double optic nerve atrophy; a report of three cases. N. York M. J. [etc], 1914, c, 128-131.— Jackson (E.). Forms of optic nerve atrophy. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. [etc.], Chicago, 1925, xxx, 88-94.—Krauss (F.) & Brown (S. H.). Optic atrophy; observations on a series of cases of unusual interest. Ann. Ophth., St. Louis, 1916, xxv, 219-243.—Ormond (A. W.). Optic atrophy. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1918, xxxii, 354-359—Pechin. Atrophie optique symphatique. Arch, d'opht., Par., 1909, xxix, 687-691 — Ronne (H.). Gesichtsfeldsstudien fiber das Verhaltnis zwi- schen der peripheren Sehscharfe und dem Farbensinn, spe- ziell die Bedeutung derselben fiir die Prognose der Sehnerven- atrophie. Klin. Monatsbl., f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1911, xlix, 154-184—Sands (I. J.). A case of optic atrophy. Neurol. Bull, N. Y., 1921, iii, 265-269—Stilwill (H. R.). Primary optic atrophy. Am. J. Ophth., Chicago, 1918, s. 3, i, 141 — Traquair (H. M.). The clinical differentiation of the vari- ous forms of optic atrophy. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1922, ii, 1157- 1162.—Wright (C. D.). A study in inflammations and atrophies of the optic nerve. South. Calif. Pract., Los An- geles, 1920, xxxv, 125-132—Wright (R. E.). Optic atrophy. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1923, i, 806-808.—Zappert (J.). Ueber isolierte Sehnervenathrophie im Kindesalter. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1924, lxxiv, 1049. NERVE 58 * NERVE Nerve (Optic, Atrophy of, Causes and pathology of). See, also , Nerve (Optic, Atrophy of, Heredi- tary) ; Nerve (Optic, Atrophy of, Traumatic). Bullinger (F). * Ueber Sehnervenatro- phie bei Turmschadel. 8°. Munchen, 1907. Nehl (F. W.). *Lakunare Sehnervena- trophie und glaukomatose Exkavation. 8°. Rostock, 1913. Roos (N.). *Zur Aetiologie und Pathologie der Sehnervenatrophie. 8°. Munchen, 1914. Siebs (R.). *Ueber atrophische Excavation des Sehnerven mit kasuistischer Mitteilung. 8°. Munchen, 1916. Thoral (R.). * Atrophies optiques par fis- sures irradiees au canal optique. 8°. Paris, 1924. Also in Clin, opht., Par., 1924, xxviii, 192-200. Abadie (C). Des atrophies des nerfs optiques consecu- tives a des spasmes des arteres centrales de la retine. Clin. opht., Par., 1925, xxix, 125-136.—Alt (A.). A case of optic nerve atrophy after severe haemorrhage from the stomach. Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1912, xxix, 74.—Armstrong (H.). Hypermetropia a possible cause of optic nerve atrophy. In- tercolon. M. Cong. Australas. Tr. 1896, Dunedin, 1897, iv, 218- 221.—Aurand. Verrucosites hyalines des nerfs optiques avec atrophie optique unilaterale. Lyon med., 1913, cxxi, 821-824.—Axenfeld (T.). Kavernose (lakunare) Sehner- venatrophie und multiple Dehiscenzen der Sklera bei hoch- gradiger Myopie. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1905, Wiesb., 1906, 303-307.—Babonneix (L.). L'atrophie optique primaire releve souvent, chez l'enfant, de 1'herSdo- syphilis. Medecine, Par., 1923-24, v, 862-865. ■----- Atrophie optique d'origine heredo-syphilitique. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1924, xxii, 183-188—Barbonneix (L.) & Tixier (L.). Atrophie optique dans les affections meningees de la premiere enfance. Ann. demgd. etchir. inf., Par., 1908, xii, 837-841.—Behr (C). Concerning the treatment of tabetic optic nerve atrophy. Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1916, xxxiii, 240; 263.—Boyd (E. T.). Complete atrophy of the optic nerve coincident with abscess of lachrymal sac. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1915, xxiv, 273.—Bronner (A.). Note on a case of unilateral optic atrophy after exposure to an arc light. Lancet, Lond., 1913, i, 887.—Calhoun (F. P.). The report of a case of optic atrophy caused by uterine hemorrhage. Ophth. Rev., Chicago, 1913, xxii, 358-361.—Charlet (H.). Atrophie optique et sarcome orbitaire. Rev. gen. d'opht., Par., 1912, xxxi, 1^6.—Cosse (F.). L'atrophie papillaire. Ann. m§d.- chir. du centre, Tours, 1913, xiii, 157-162— Cridland (B.). Case of optic atrophy with heterophthalmos secondary to sphenoidal sinusitis. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1922, xiii, 309.—Davis (E. D. D.). Case of left optic atrophy caused by suppuration in the posterior ethmoidal cells, sphenoidal and maxillary sinuses of the left side. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1916-17, x, Sect. Laryngol., 105.—De Villa (S.). Atrofia incipiente del nervo ottico in una bambina di 4 anni di origine alcoolica. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1913, xvi, 415-417.—Dupuy-Dutemps, Lagrange (H.) & Favory. De l'atrophie optique par compression tumorale du chiasma. Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1925, clxii, 240; 321— Elsehnig (A.). Die Topographie des Sehnerveneintrittes bei einfacher Sehnervenatrophie. Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1908, lxviii, 126-154.—Eskuchen (K). Ueber die Genese der Sehner- venatrophie bei Oxyzephalen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 2722-2725.—Fejer (J.). Ein Fall von kontralateraler Atrophie des Sehnerven, verursacht durch Sarcoma, retro- bulbare. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh., Leipz., 1912, xxxvi, 293-295.—Fifleld (H. L.). Optic atrophy in a child caused by localized meningitis without symptoms. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1922, xxii, 174.—Fisher (W. A.). Atrophy ofthe optic nerve following injection of olive oil and lanoline for the removal of wrinkles. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1913, xxii, 11-14. -Folinea (G.). Atrofie del nervo ottico della eta infantile in associazione a malformazioni craniche. Arch, di ottal., Napoli, 1911-12, xix, 667; 731; 787.—Fujiwara (K.). Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der pathologischen Anatomie des Sehnervenschwundes bei Tabes dorsalis und progressiver Paralyse. Arch. f. Ophth., Berl., 1924-25, cxv, 562-583 — Goldenburg (M.). Tower skull with double optic nerve atrophy. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1917, xxvi, 35^10.—Ha null (R. &.). A case of primary optic atrophy. Med. Clin., Chi- cago, 1915, 1, 348-351— Hawthorne (C. O.). Discussion on the etiology of optic nerve atrophy. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1922, ii, 1153-1156.—Hensen (H.). Ein Fall von Sehnervenatro- phie durch Bandwurmtoxine. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1918-19, xl, 331-334—Herzog (F.). Ueber die Sehbahn, das Ganglion opticum basale und die Fasersysteme am Boden des dritten Hirnventrikels in einem Falle von Bulbusatrophie beider Augen. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1906, xxx, 223-238.—Holloway (T. B.). Cranial deformity with optic atrophy; opticociliary vein in the left eye. Tr. Coll. Phys., Phila., 1916, 3. s., xxxviii, 374-377.—Jacqueau. Atrophie optique post-ourlienne. Lyon med., 1910, cxiv, 928. ----- Double atrophie optique post-ourlienne. Rev. de Nerve (Optic, Atrophy of, Causes and pathology of)—continued. med., Par., 1911, xxxi, num. spec 369-371.—Jacqueau & Bujadoux. Au sujet d'un cas d'atrophie papillaire rapide. Lyon med., 1924, exxxiii, 354-356—Junius. Zur Frage der atiologisch unklaren Falle von Sehnervenschwund, insbeson- dere bei Kriegsteilnehmern. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1919,, xii, 305-323.—Kershner (W. E.). Secondary optic atrophy due to gassing. Am. J. Ophth.. Chicago, 1918, 3. s., l, 168- 170— Koyanagl (Y.) & Takahashl (T.). Kavernose Sehnervenatrophie bei Orbitaltumoren. Arch. f. Ophth., Berl., 1924-25, cxv, 596-619.—Krauss (W.). Atrophia nervi optici und neurotische Muskelatrophie. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1906, xvi, 503-516.—Kuschel (J.). Die Uebereinstim- mung der Gesichtsfeldformen bei Glaukom und Stauungspa- pille als Beweis fiir die Einheitlichkeit ihrer Entstehung durch intrapapillare Dehnungsatrophie der Sehnervenfasern. Ibid., 1908, xx, 443-451.—Maier (M.). Optikusatrophie in- folge Osteom in der Gegend der Ala minor ossis sphenoidalis, von den hinteren Siebbeinzellen ausgehend. Ztschr. f. La- ryngol., Rhinol. [etc.], Wiirzb., 1919-20, ix, 443— Mano- lescu. Beiderseitige Atrophie der Sehnerven in Folge von Milzbrand-Karbunkel des rechten Oberlides. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. Heidelb., 1911, Wiesb., 1912, xxxvii, 289-292.—Maria Fernandez (F.). Atrofia de la papila del nervio optico en los elaboradores de carbon vegetal. Cron. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1917, xliii, 58-60.—Marin Amat. Atrofia total y postneurftica de la papila consecuti va a pericistitis lagrimal. Siglo med., Madrid, 1925, lxxv, 346- 348.—Meltzer. Zur Pathogenese der Opticusatrophie und des sogenannten Turmschadels. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1908, xxvii, 562-575.—Meyer. Atrophie double du nerf op- tique; etiologies multiples possibles. Rev. d'oto-neuro-ocul., Par., 1923, i, 374-377.—Migliaccio (R.). Nota clinica su due casi di deformita cranica ed atrofia del nervo ottico. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1909, xxx, 401-403.—Nicolas (F.). Bilateral optic atrophy associated with certain meningitis symptoms; report of a case. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., Manila, 1922-23, ii, 70-72.—Pagenstecher (A. H.). Zur Frage der svmpathischen Sehnervenatrophie. Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1906, lvi, 198-202.—Paltracca (E.). Atrofia bilate- rale dei nervi ottici e malformazione cranica. Arch, di ottal., Napoli, 1908-9, xvi, 401-419.—Pickard (R.). Cavernous optic atrophy and its relation to glaucoma. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1924-25, xviii, Sect. Ophthalmol., 15.—Bonne (H.). Sehnervenatrophie nach Stauungsblutungen; Beitrage zur Genese der pathologischen Exkavationen. Klin. Mo- natsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1910, xlviii, 50-60. ----- The clinical symptoms of arteriosclerotic atrophy of the optic nerve. Acta Ophthalmol., K^benhavn, 1924, ii, 160-163.— Rosenstein (A. Maria). Zur totalen Atrophie der Sehner- ven bei kongenital-luetischen Kindern. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1923, lxx, 524-529.—Schmidt-Rimpler (H.). Druck-Excavation und Sehnerven-Atrophie. Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1907-8,lix, 1-13.—Schreiber(L.). Ueber die atrophische Sehnervenexcavation. Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1908, lxviii, 381-391, 1 pi.—Shapiro (L.). Case of deformity of the skull with optic atrophy. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1915, lxxxvii, 1096. Also N. York M. J. [etc.], 1915, ci, 973.—de Somonte (J. M.). Atrofia del nervio optico por hematemesis. Gac. med. d. Norte, Bilbao, 1909, xv, 86-90.— Spielmeyer (W.). Ueber das Verhalten der Neuroglia bei tabischer Optikusatrophie. Klin. Monatsbl* f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1906, xliv, 97-104, 2 pi— Stargardt (K.). Die Ur- sache des Sehnervenschwundes bei Tabes und Paralyse. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 2500. ----- Zur patholo- gischen Anatomie des Sehnervenschwundes bei Tabes und progressiver Paralyse. Ber. u. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Ge- sellsch., Heidelb., 1912, Wiesb., 1913, xxxviii, 214-219.—von Szily (A.). Das Problem der Augenbecherspalte, seine Beziehung zur normalen Entwicklung und zu den Milzbil- dungen der Papilla nervi optici. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1920, xlvi, 1236.—Terrien (F.). Oxycephalic avec atrophie optique. Arch, d'opht.. Par., 1910, xxx, SOS- SIS.—Terrien (F.), Babonneix (L.) & Dantrelle. Atrophie optique post-nevritique et atonie musculaire acquise. Ibid., 1913, xxxiii, 180-185—Thorner (W.). Ueber Glaukom und Sehnervenatrophie. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1906, xxx, 582- 590.—Torres Estrada (A.). Caso de atrofia del nervio optico consecutivo al tifo. Rev. cubana de oftal., Habana, 1921, iii, 725-727.—Trlebenstein (O.). Sehnervenatrophie durch Bandwurmtoxine? Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1922, xlviii, 96-100.—Villard (H.). Atrophie du nerf optique consecutive a une dacryocystite aigue. Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1907, exxxviii, 24-27— Walker (C. B.) & dishing (H.). Studies of optic nerve atrophy in association with chiasmal lesions. Arch. Ophth., N.Y., 1916, xiv, 407-437,12 pi—White (L. E.). The optic canal in optic atrophy. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryn- gol., St. Louis, 1925-26, xxxiv, 1210-1223. Also Boston M. & S. J., 1925, cxciii, 771-776. Nerve (Optic, Atrophy of, Hereditary). Coste (A.). *De l'atrophie papillaire fami- liale. 8°. Toulouse, 1907. Favier (R.). Contribution a l'etude de l'atrophie optique her^ditaire et familiale. 8°. Paris, 1927. NERVE 59 NERVE Nerve (Optic, Atrophy of, Hereditary)— continued. Barth (F.). Ein weiterer Beitrag zur Vererbung der familiaren Sehnervenatrophie (Leberscher Krankheit). Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1921, lxvi, 581-590—Batten (R ) Two cases of hereditary optic atrophy in a family, with recovery in one case. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1908-9, xxix, 144-150.—Baudot. Sur un cas d'atrophie optique hereditaire (maladie de Leber). Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1924, Iii, 296-299—Behr (C). Die komplizierte hereditar-familiare Optikusatrophie des Kindesalters; ein bisher nicht beschriebener Symptomkomplex. Klin. Mo- natsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1909,xlvii, 138-160—Bruner (W. E.). Hereditary optic atrophy with X-ray findings. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1912, xii, 435-445,1 pi.—Burroughs (A. E.). Two cases of Leber's disease, or familial optic atrophy with enlargement ofthe pituitary fossae. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. King- dom, Lond., 1924, xliv, 399-403, 1 pi.—Cargill (L. V.). Le- ber's disease and allied conditions. Ophthalmoscope, Lond., 1912, x, 62-70.—Despretz (H.). A propos d'un cas de maladie de Leber ou atrophie optique hereditaire et familiale. Clin. opht., Par., 1924, xxviii, 189-192.—Drexel(K.T.). Inwieweit stimmen die wirklichen Erfahrungen fiber die Vererbung der familiaren, hereditaren Sehnervenatrophie (Lebersche Krank- heit) fiberein mit der Theorie der Vererbung der geschlechts- gebundenen Krankheiten? Arch. f. Augenh., Mfinchen, 1922, xcii, 49-116, 5 ch.—Du Seutre (J.). Une famille at- teinte de la maladie de Leber. Arch, d'opht., Par., 1920, xxxvii, 545-550.—Evans (J. J.). Hereditary optic atrophy. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1917, lxxxi, 95-103.—Fisher (J. H.). Leber's disease (hereditary optic atrophy); a suggestion as to its cause. Ophthalmoscope, Lond., 1916, xiv, 398-406,1 pi — Fleischer (B.) & Josenhans (W.). Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Vererbung der familiaren Sehnervenatrophie (Leberscher Krankheit). Arch. f. Rassen- u. Gesellsch.-Biol., Leipz. & Berl., 1918-1920, xiii, 129-163.—Ginzburg (J. J.). Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Leberschen Krankheit. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1923, lxxi, 734-738.—Gould (G. M.). Homeochronous hereditary optic-nerve atrophy, extending through six generations. Ann. Ophth. & Otol., St. Louis, 1893, ii, 303-307. Also reprint.—Griscom (J. M.). Heredi- tary optic atrophy. Am. J. Ophth., Chicago, 1921, 3. s., iv, 347-352.—Gunn (R. M.). Family optic atrophy in mother and two children. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1906-7, xxvii, 221-225.—Guzmann (E.). Ueber hereditare, familiare Sehnervenatrophie. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, xxvi, 139-141.—Hancock (W. I.). Hereditary optic atrophy. Roy. Lond. Ophth. Hosp. Rep., 1907-8, xvii, 167-177.—Hine (M. L.). Two cases of early familial maculo-cerebral degen- eration. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1922-23, xvi, Sect. Ophthalmol., 18.—Hirsch (J.). Ueber familare hereditare Sehnervenatrophie. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1923, lxx, 710-715.—Imamura (S.) & Ichikawa (K). Atrophie optique familiale avec tremblement et deeheance intellectuelle. Rev. neurol., Par., 1919, xxvi, 277-282 — Lagrange (H.). De l'atrophie optique hereditaire. Arch. d'opht., Par., 1922, xxxix, 530-539.—Meyer-Rlemsloh (B.). Ueber hereditare Sehnervenatrophie (Lebersche Krankheit). Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1925, lxxiv, 340-355 — Morlet (C). Hereditary optic atrophy as a possible menace to the community. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1921, ii, 499-502.—Miigge (F.). Ein Beitrag zur Leberschen fami- liaren Opticusatrophie. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1911, xxv, 236-253.—Nettleship (E.) & Thompson (A. H.). A pedi- gree of Leber's disease. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912- 13, vi, Ophthalmol. Sect., 8-16.—Pancoast (H. K). A roentgenologic contribution to the possible cause of hereditary optic atrophy. Am. J. Roentgenol., N. Y., 1919, n. s., vi, 17-22.—Peter (L. C). Three cases of Leber's disease, with the family tree covering four generations. Tr. Coll. Phys., Phila., 1922, xliv, 257.—Pines (I.-L.-J.) & Tron (F.). Here- ditare Neuritis optica (Lebersche Sehnervenatrophie). Zt- schr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Berl., 1925, xcv, 762-776.— Pockley(E.). Leber's disease. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1915, i, 189-191.—Raymond & Koenig (E.). Atrophie here- ditaire de la papille. Rec. d'opht., Par., 1909, 3. s., xxxi, 65- 84.—Ronne (H.). Ueber das Gesichtsfeld bei heredit&rer Op- tikusatrophie (Leber). Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1910, xlviii, 331-333.—Sievert (H.). Ueber das Zusammen- treffen von Sehnervenatrophie und Adipositas universalis bei einem Geschwisterpaar. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1908, xix, 544-551.—Takashima (S.). Sechs Falle der komplizierten hereditar-familiaren Optikusatrophie des Kindesalters (Behr). Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1913, n. F., xvi, 714-722 — Taylor (J.). Gfianges in the sella turcica in association with Leber's atrophy. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1919, xlviii, 306. Also Brit. J. Ophth., Lond., 1919, iii, 193-197— Taylor (J.) & Holmes (G. M.). Two families with several members in each suffering from optic atrophy. Tr. Ophth. Soc U. King-' dom, Lond., 1913,xxxiii,95-115, Ich. ----- Nervoussymp- toms associated with optic atrophy of the familial type. Ibid., 116-138.—Vossius. Ueber familiare Optikusatrophie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1917, xliii, 1181. Also Med. Klin., Berl., 1917, xiii, 850.—Waardenburg (P. J.). Beitrag zur Vererbung der familiaren Sehnervenatro- phie. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1924, lxxiii, 619- 652—Zentmayer (W.). Concerning the etiology of heredi- tary optic nerve atrophy; report of two cases with interesting X-ray findings. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1918, xlvii, 627-634, lpl. Nerve (Optic, Atrophy of, Traumatic). Margoline (Esther). *De l'atrophie post- traumatique tardive du nerf optique. 8°. Geneve, 1910. Andrews (A. H.). A case of traumatic optic atrophy. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1909, xvi, 617.—Angiolella (D.). Atrofia del nervo ottico per frattura indiretta delle pareti del canale ottico. Ann. di ottal., Pavia, 1908, xxxvii, 581-583.— Aurand. Atrophie du nerf optique consecutive a une chute surlatempe. Lyonmed., 1913, cxxi, 978-980.—Brav (A.). Pri- mary unilateral optic atropy in a child following fracture of the skull. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, lxx, 1595.—Bull (C. S.). Treatment of progressive atrophy of the optic nerve due to acquired syphilis: by subconjunctival and intravaginal injections of sublimate of mercury. Ibid., 1906, xlvii, 823- 825.—ten Doesschate (G.) & de Kleijn (A.). [Progressive optic atrophy after injury to base of head.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1915, i, 982-985.—Duverger & Spinil- ium y. Traumatisme et atrophie du nerf optique; conside- rations cliniques. Rev. d'oto-neuro-ocul., Par., 1923, i, 265- 273.—Fernandez (F. M.). Un caso de atrofia completa del nervio optico, producida por disparo de arma de fuego que hirio el nervio optico por detras de su entrada en el globo ocular. Arch, de oftal. Hispano-Am., Barcel., 1911, xi, 710.—Grim- minger (W.). Ueber Atrophia nervi optici partialis nach schweren Blutungen. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1925, lvii, 106-120.—Harbridge (D. F.). Optic atrophy manifested by visual disturbance following distant hemorrhage. Am. J. Ophth., Chicago, 1924, 3. s., vii, 192-196.—Jocqs. Les atrophies du nerf optique consecutives a un traumatisme de la tete. Clin, opht., Par., 1908, xiv, 160.—Le Rous (H.). Atrophie optique unilaterale consecutive a la compression du thorax. Arch, d'opht., Par., 1913, xxxiii, 231-236.—Margo- Une (E.). Late post-traumatic atrophy of the optic nerve. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1918, 28. s., iii, 186-199.—Merz- Weigandt (C). Beitrag zur traumatischen Sehnervena- trophie. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1921, lxvi, 476-480.—Neeper. Traumatic optic atrophy. Ann. Ophth., St. Louis, 1911, xx, 466.—Parker (F. J.). Optic atrophy from traumatic asphyxia, with report of a case. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1911, xl, 159-162—Potet. Atrophie optique double survenue apres un traumatisme chez un syphilitique. Ann. de med. leg., Par., 1922, ii, 226-228.—Pringle (J. H.). Atrophy of the optic nerve following diffused violence to the skull. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1922, ii; 1156— Radclitfe(McC). Optic atrophy, the result of trauma. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1910, xix, 244-246.—Reis. Schadelverletzung und Sehnerven- schwund. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1920, xliii, 687-704.— Salmon & Metzger. Atrophie optique et traumatisme ocu- laire; nevrite retro-bulbaire anterleure au traumatisme. Rev. d'oto-neuro-ocul., Par., 1925, iii, 442-445.—Valude (E.). Observations cliniques d'atrophie optique; nevrite retrobul- baire familiale; atrophie optique traumatique. Ann. d'ocul Par., 1911, cxlvi, 341-345.—Weisser (E. A.). Traumatic atrophy of the optic nerve. Penn. M. J., Harrisburg, 1921- 22, xxv, 718— Wildey (A. G.). Notes on a case of optic atrophy following supraorbital injury. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 1343. Nerve (Optic, Atrophy of, Treatment of). Abadie (C.). Sympathectomie peri-carotidienne dans cer- taines atrophies optiques. Clin, opht., Par., 1920, xxiv, 451- 458.—Arlt (E.). Behandelte und unbehandelte Falle von tabischer Sehnervenatrophie. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1922, xix, 367-370.—Bali na (P. L.). Benefice conside- rable du traitement arseno-mercuriel dans trois cas d'atrophie papillaire tabetique. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1922, xxix, 69-77.—Behr. Ueber die Ernahrung der Sehnerven und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Therapie der tabischen Sehnervenatrophie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1917, liv, 23.— Coppez (H.). Sur la curability de certaines formes d'a- trophie du nerf optique. In Soc. roy. d. sc. med. et nat. de Brux., vol. jubil., Brux., 1922,173-179.—Deutschmann (R.). Gibt es eine operative Beeinfiussung der Sehnervenatrophie? Ztschr. f. Augenh., Bed., 1924, liii, 1-6.—Fraenkel. Pronos- tic et traitement des atrophies papillaires d'origine syphili- tique. Gaz. d. hop. de Lyon, 1911, xii, 70-79.—Friede (R.)\ Gibt es eine operative Beeinfiussung der Sehnerven-Atro- phie? Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1924, Iii, 99-102.—Gifford (S. R.). Intra-cisternal injections in the treatment of luetic optic atrophy. Brit. J. Ophth., Lond., 1923, vii, 506-521.— Goebel (C). Zur Therapie der tabischen Sehnervenatro- phie. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1911, xxvi, 206-215—Gol- denburg (M.). Intraventricular injection of antisyphi- litics in primary optic atrophv; report of a case. Ann. Ophth., St. Louis, 1917,xxvi, 433-438.—Green*. ZurTherapie der tabischen Sehnervenatrophie. Ber. ti. d. Versamml. d. deutsch. ophth. Gesellsch., Mfinchen, 1922, xliii, 133-139.— Giinther. Therapie des Sehnervenatrophie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1920, lvii, 21.—Heim (H.). Die Reiztherapie der Atrophia nervi optici. Med. Klin., Berl., 1925, xxi, 1123.— Hildebrand (O.). Die operative Behandlung der Sehner- venatrophie bei Turmschadel. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz.